HP Pavilion dv4200 Maintenance And Service Manual
Main tenan ce and Ser vice Gu id e HP P a v ili on d v4 200 Not ebook P C C ompaq Pr e sar i o V4 200 Notebook P C HP C ompaq nx7 2 20 No teboo k P C Doc ument P art Number : 3 99 0 3 9-001 October 200 5 This guide is a troubleshooting reference used for maintaining and servicing the computer . It pro vides comprehensiv e information on identifying computer features, components, and spare parts; troubleshooting computer problems; and performing computer disassembly procedures.
© Copyright 2005 He wlett-Packard De velopment Compan y , L.P . Microsoft and W indows are U.S. re gistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel, Pentium, and Celeron are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark o wned by its proprietor and used by He wlett-Packard Compan y under licen se. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor . The information contained herein is su bject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompan ying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty . HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Maintenance and S erv ice Gui de HP P a vili on dv4 200 No tebook P C Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 Not ebook P C HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Notebook P C Fi r s t Ed i t i o n O c t o b e r 2 0 05 Document P art Number: 3 99 03 9-00 1
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de iii Cont ent s 1 Product Description 1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â2 1.2 Resetting the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â5 1.3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â6 1.4 External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â7 1.5 Design Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â26 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 Accessing Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Computer Setup Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Selecting from the File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â3 Selecting from the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â4 Selecting from the Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 Selecting from the Advanced Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â6 2.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â7
i v Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 3 Illustrated Parts Catalog 3.1 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 3.2 Computer Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 3.3 Display Assembly Subcomponents: HP Pavilion dv4200 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â18 3.4 Display Assembly Subcomponents: Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â20 3.5 Miscellaneous Doors/Covers Kit Spare Part Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â22 3.6 Miscellaneous Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â24 3.7 Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â26 3.8 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â28 3.9 Sequential Part Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â30 4 Removal and Replacement Preliminaries 4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.2 Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Plastic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Cables and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 4.3 Preventing Damage to Removable Drives . . . . . . . . 4â3 4.4 Preventing Electrostatic Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â4 4.5 Packaging and Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . 4â5 4.6 Workstation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 4.7 Grounding Equipment and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â7
Cont ent s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de v 5 Removal and Replacement Procedures 5.1 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 5.2 Disassembly Sequence Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 5â5 5.4 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â7 5.5 Computer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â11 5.6 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â13 5.7 Memory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â15 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Modul e . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â18 5.9 RTC Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â20 5.10 Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â21 5.11 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â25 5.12 Switch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â27 5.13 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â30 5.14 Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â35 5.15 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â52 5.16 Base Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â56 5.17 Modem Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â60 5.18 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â62 5.19 PC Card Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â76 5.20 Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â79 5.21 Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â82 5.22 USB Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â84 5.23 Bluetooth Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â87
v i Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 6 Specifications A Connector Pin Assignments B Power Cord Set Requirements C Screw Listing D Display Component Recycling Index
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â1 1 Pr oduc t D esc ription The HP Pa vilion dv4200 Notebook PC 1 , Compaq Presario V4200 Notebook PC, and HP Compaq nx7220 Notebook PC 2 of fer advanced modularity , Intel® Pentium® M and Celeron® M processors, an d extensi ve multimedia support. HP P a vili on d v4 200 Notebook PC , Com paq Pr esari o V4 200 Notebook P C, and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Notebook PC
1â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1.1 F e a t u r e s â Intel Pentium M 2.00-, 1.73-, 1.60-, or 1.50-GHz processors, or Intel Celeron M 1.60-, 1.50-, or 1.40-GHz processors, v arying by computer model â 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT (1280 à 800) with BrightV iew display , or 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT (1280 à 800) display , v arying by computer model â 100-, 80-, 60-, or 40-GB high-capacity hard dri ve, v arying by computer model â 256-MB DDR synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) at 333 MHz, expandable to 2.0 GB â Microsoft® W indo ws® XP Home Edition or W indo ws XP Professional, v arying by computer model â Full-size W indo ws ke yboard with embedded numeric keypad â T ouchPad pointing de vice, including dedicated horizontal (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models) and vertical scroll re gions â Integrated 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet local area network (LAN) netw ork interface card (NIC) with RJ-45 jack â Integrated high-speed 56K modem with RJ-11 jack â Integrated wireless support for Mini PCI IEEE 802.11b/g WLAN de vice (select models only) â Support for one T ype I or T ype II PC Card slot, with support for both 32-bit (CardBus) and 16-bit PC Cards â Support for ExpressCard slot â External 65-watt A C adapter with 3-wire po wer cord
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 â 12- or 6-cell Li-Ion battery pack, v a rying b y computer model â Stereo speakers â V olume up, v olume mute, and v olume do wn b uttons â QuickPlay b uttons (select models only) â Support for the follo wing optical driv es: â DV D ± R W and CD-R W Combo Dri ve â D VD/CD-R W Combo Dri ve â Numerous references are made throughout this Maintenance and Service Guide to âfull-featuredâ and âdefeaturedâ models. A model is considered to be full-featured if it has 4 Uni v ersal Serial Bus ports and the follo w ing components: â Digital Media Slot/Memory Reader â Expansion port â ExpressCard slot â IEEE 1394 port â Infrared port â Quick Launch b uttons (HP Pa vilion dv4200 models only) A computer model is considered to be defeatured if it has only 2 Uni v ersal Serial Bus ports and none of the components listed abov e.
1â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription â Connectors: â Audio-in (microphone) â Audio-out (headphone) â Digital Media Slot (full-featured models only) â Expansion port (full-featured models only) â ExpressCard slot (full-featured models only) â External monitor â IEEE 1394 (full-featured models only) â Infrared (full-featured models only) â PC Card â Po wer â Primary battery â RJ-11 (modem) â RJ-45 (network) â S-V ideo-out â Serial port (full-featured models only) â Smart card â Uni versal Serial Bus (USB) v . 2.0 (4 ports on full-featured models, 2 ports on defeatured models)
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â5 1 .2 R eset tin g t he C omp uter If the computer you are servicing has an unkno wn password, follo w these steps to clear the password. These steps also clear CMOS: 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3, âPreparing the Computer for Disassembly , â for more information). 2. Remov e the real-time clock (R TC) battery (refer to Section 5.9, âR TC Battery , â for more information on removing and replacing the R TC battery). 3. W ait approximately 5 minutes. 4. Replace the R T C battery and reassemble the computer . 5. Connect A C po wer to the computer . Do not reinsert an y battery packs at this time. 6. T urn on the computer . All passwords and all CMOS settings ha ve been cleared. â This procedure does not clear a Dri veLock passw ord that has been set.
1â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1. 3 P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t The computer comes with po wer management features that extend battery operating time and conserv e power . The computer supports the follo wing po wer management features: â Standby â Hibernation â Setting customization by the user â Hotke ys for setting the le vel of performance â Battery calibration â Lid switch standby/resume â Po wer button â Adv a nced Conf iguration and Po wer Management (A CPM) compliance
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â7 1 .4 Ex ternal C ompon ents The external components on the front of the computer are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-1. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v ary . F ront C omponents Ta b l e 1 - 1 Fr ont Components Item Component Function 1P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standb y . â Off: Computer is off or in hiber nation. 2B a t t e r y l i g h t â On: The batter y pack is charging. â Blinking: The batter y pack has reached a low-battery condition. â Off: The batter y pack is fully charged or not inser ted. 3 Integra ted Dr iv e Electronics (IDE) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard dr iv e or an optical drive is being accessed. 4 Consumer infrared (IR) lens (select models only) Links the computer to an optional remote control. 5 Speakers Produce stereo sound. 6 Displa y release button Opens the computer .
1â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the HP P avilion dv4200 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-2. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v a ry . R ight -Si de Components, HP P av ilion dv4 200
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â9 Ta b l e 1 - 2 Right-Side Components, HP P avilion d v4200 Item Component Function 1 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc, such as a C D o r DV D. 2A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. 3 A udio-in (microphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 4 USB por ts (full-f eatured models only) Connect optional USB de vices. â Number of USB ports vary by model. 5 Monitor por t (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (full-f eatured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . â The purpose of security solutions is to act as a deterrent. These solutions do not prevent the prod uct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-3. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v ary . R ight -Si de Components, C ompaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â11 Ta b l e 1 - 3 Right-Side Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc, such as a C D o r DV D. 2 A udio-out (headphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. 3 A udio-in (microphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 4 USB por ts (full-f e atured models only) Connect optional USB de vices. â Number of USB ports vary by model. 5 Monitor por t (full-f e atured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 6 S-Video-out jack (full-f e atured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . â The purpose of security solutions is to act as a deterrent. These solutions do not prevent the pr oduct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the HP P avilion dv4200 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-4. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v a ry . Le ft -Si de Components , HP P a vilion d v4 200 Ta b l e 1 - 4 Left-Side Components, HP P avilion d v4200 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects the A C adapter cab le. 2 RJ-11 (modem) jack Connects a modem cab le (not included). 3 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable (not included). 4 Expansion por t 2 (full-f e atured models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. â The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 2 describes the type of expansion port. 5 USB por ts Connect optional USB de vices.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â13 6 1394 por t (4-pin; full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , a digital camera, or a digital camcorder . 7 Digital Media Slot (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts the follo wing optional digital cards: SD (Secure Digital) Memor y Card, SD I/O Card, Memor y Stick, Memory Stick Pro , MultiMediaCard, xD-Picture Card, and Smar tMedia. 8 Digital Media Slot light (full-f eatured models only) On: An optional digital card is being accessed. 9 ExpressCard slot (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts an opti onal ExpressCard. 10 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 11 PC Card eject button Ejects PC Cards from the PC Card slot. 12 Monitor por t (full-f e atured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 13 S-Video-out jack (full-f e atured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 14 A udio-in (microphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 15 A udio-out (headphone) jack (def eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. Ta b l e 1 - 4 Left-Side Components, HP P avilion dv 4200 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-5. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v a ry . Le ft -Si de Components , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Ta b l e 1 - 5 Left-Side Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects the A C adapter cab le. 2 RJ-11 (modem) jack Connects a modem cab le (not included). 3 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable (not included). 4 Expansion por t 2 (full-f e atured models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. 5 USB por ts Connect optional USB de vices. â Number of USB ports vary by model.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â15 6 1394 por t (4-pin; full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , a digital camera, or a digital camcorder . 7 Memor y Reader (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts the follo wing optional digital cards: SD (Secure Digital) Memor y Card, SD I/O Card, Memor y Stick, Memory Stick Pro , MultiMediaCard, xD-Picture Card, and Smar tMedia. 8 Memor y Reader light (full-f eatured models only) On: An optional digital card is being accessed. 9 ExpressCard slot (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts an opti onal ExpressCard. 10 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 11 PC Card eject button Ejects PC Cards from the PC Card slot. 12 Monitor por t (full-f e atured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 13 S-Video-out jack (def eatured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 14 A udio-in (microphone) jack (def eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 15 A udio-out (headphone) jack (def eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. Ta b l e 1 - 5 Left-Side Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The standard ke yboard components of the computer are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-6. St andar d K e yboar d Components
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â17 T able 1-6 Standar d Ke yboard Components Item Component Function 1 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks as hotke ys. F or example , pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and tur ns on the caps loc k light. 3 f1 to f12 ke ys (12) P erf or m system and application tasks. When combined with fn , function ke ys perf or m additional tasks as hotk eys . 4 num lock ke y Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light. 5 Embedded numeric ke ypad ke ys (15) Can be used like the ke ys on an external numeric ke ypad. 6 Arrow k eys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7W i n d o w s applications ke y Displa ys a shor tcut menu f o r items beneath the pointer . 8 Windows logo k ey Displa ys the Microsoft Windows Star t menu.
1â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The top components on HP Pa vilion dv4200 models are shown belo w and described in T able 1-7. T op C omponents, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models T able 1-7 T op Components, HP P avilion d v4200 Item Component Function 1P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standb y . â Off: Computer is off or in hiber nation. 2 P ow er button When the computer is â Off , press to star t the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standby , briefly press to resume from standby . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â19 3 Quick Launch b uttons (select models only) Launch def ault multimedia, digital imaging, or music applications (v ar y by model). 4 V olume mute button Mute s or restores v olume. 5 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more inter nal wireless de vices hav e been tur ned on. â To establish a wireless connecti on, a wireless network must already be set up. 6 Wireless button (select models only) T ur ns the wireless functionality on or off , but does not create a wireless connection. â To establish a wireless connecti on, a wireless network must already be set up. 7 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 8 V olume up button Increases system v olume. 9 Displa y switch Initiates st andby when the computer is closed. T able 1-7 T op Components, HP Pa vilion dv4200 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The top components on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models are sho wn below and described in T able 1-8. T op C omponents, C ompaq Pres ar io V4 200 Models and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â21 T able 1-8 T op Components Compaq Presario V4200 Models and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 Wireless button (select models only) T ur ns the wireless functionality on or off , but does not create a wireless connection. â To establish a wireless connecti on, a wireless network must already be set up. 2 P ow er button When the computer is â Off , press to star t the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standb y , briefly press to resume from standby . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer. 3 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 4 V olume mute button V olume mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 5 V olume up button Increases system volume . 6 Displa y switch Initiates st andby when the computer is closed.
1â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The HP Pa vilion dv4200 computer T ouchPad components are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-9. T ouc hP ad Components , HP P a vili on dv4 200 T able 1-9 T ouchP ad Components, HP Pa vilion dv4200 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 2 Left and right T ouchP ad bu tt o n s Function lik e the left and right buttons on an e xter nal mouse. 3 Displa y release button Opens the computer . 4 T ouchP ad ver tical scroll zone Scrolls up or down.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 3 The Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 computer T ouchPad components are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-10. T ouc hP ad Components , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 T able 1-10 T ouchP ad Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 2 T ouchP ad hor izontal scroll zone Scrolls left or right. 3 Left and right T ouchP ad bu tt o n s Function lik e the left and right buttons on an e xter nal mouse. 4 T ouchP ad ver tical scroll zone Scrolls up or down.
1â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the bottom of the computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-11. Bottom Components T a ble 1-11 Bottom Components Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 V ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre v ent ov erheating, do not ob str uct v ents. Do not allo w a hard surf ace, such as a pr inte r , or a soft surf ace, such as pillows or thic k r ugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 3 Hard drive ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive .
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 5 4 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc, such as a C D o r DV D. 5 Labels area Contains the serial number and other inf or mation labels. 6 Batter y pac k release latch Releases a batter y pac k from the batter y ba y . 7 Memor y module cov er Contains 2 memor y module slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memory modules v aries by computer model. Mini PCI compar tment cov er Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice (select models only). Ã T o pre v ent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in your computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in yo ur countr y . If you install an unauthorized de vice and then receive a w ar ning message, remov e the device to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 8 Thermal cov er Provides acce ss to the heat sink and processor . T a ble 1-11 Bottom Components (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription 1. 5 D e s i g n O v e r v i e w This section presents a design ov erview of k ey parts and features of the computer . Refer to Section , âIllustrated P arts Catalog, â to identify replacement parts, and Section , âRemo v al and Replacement Procedures, â for disassembly steps. The system board provides the follo wing de vice connections: â Audio â Display â Hard dri ve â Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors â K eyboard â Memory module â Mini PCI communications de vices â PC Card â To u c h P a d à CA UTION: T o pr operl y v entilate the compute r , allow at leas t a 7 .6 -cm (3-inc h) clear ance on the left and r ight side s of the comp uter . The computer uses an electric fan for v entilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to be turned on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected by high external temperatures, system po wer consumption, power management/battery conserv ation conf igurations, battery fast char ging, and software applications. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer .
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â1 2 T roubleshooting à W ARNI NG: Only au thori z ed techni ci ans tr ained b y HP should r epair this equipmen t . All tr oubleshooting and r epair procedur es ar e detailed to allo w only subas sembl y-/module -lev el repair . Becaus e of the comple xity of the indi v idual boar ds and subasse mblies , do not at tempt to mak e repair s at the compone nt le v el or modif icati ons to an y printed w ir ing boar d. Im pr oper r epairs can c r eate a safety ha z ard . An y indicati on of component r eplacement or pr inted wir ing board modif icati on may v oid an y w arr ant y or e x change allo wance s. 2. 1 C omp uter Setu p Computer Setup is a preinstalled, R OM-based utility that can be used e ven when the operating system is not working or will not load. If the operating system is working, the computer restarts the operating system after you exit Computer Setup. â Pointing de vices are not supporte d in Computer Setup; you must use the ke yboard to navigate and make selections. The menu tables later in this chapter provide an o vervie w of Computer Setup options.
2â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Acce ssing Compute r Set up The information and settings in Computer Setup are accessed from the File , Security , To o l s , and Advanced menus. 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o view na vigation information, press f1 . â T o return to the Computer Setup menu, press esc . 2. Select the File , Security , T ools , or Advanced menu. 3. T o exit Computer Setup, choose one of the follo wing: â T o exit without sa ving any changes, use the arro w ke ys to select File > Ignor e changes and exit , and then follow the instructions on the screen. â T o exit and sa ve all the settings you ha ve entered, use the arro w keys to select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. Y our preferences are set when you e xit Computer Setup and take ef fect when the computer restarts. Com pu ter Setup Defaults T o return all settings in Computer Setup to the v alues that were set at the factory: 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o view na vigation information, press f1 . 2. Use the arro w keys to select File > Restor e defaults . 3. Select the Restore Defaults check box.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â3 4. T o confirm the restoration, press f10 . 5. Select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. When the computer restarts, the factory settings are restored, and any identif ication information you hav e entered is sav ed. Selecti ng fr om the F ile Menu Ta b l e 2 - 1 File Menu Select T o Do This System Inf o rmation â Vie w identification inf or mation about the computer and any battery packs in the system. â Vie w specification inf or mation about the processor , memor y and cache size , video re vision, ke yboard controller version, and system ROM. Sav e to flopp y Sa ve system configuration settings to a disk ette. Restore to flopp y Restore system configuration settings from a diskette . Restore def aults Replace configurat ion settings in Computer Setup with f actor y def ault se ttings. (Identification inf or mation is retained.) Ignore changes and e xit Cancel ch anges entered during the current session. Then e xit an d restar t the computer . Sav e changes and e xit Sav e changes entered dur ing the current session. Then e xit and restar t t he computer . The changes you sa ve are in eff ect when the computer restar ts.
2â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Selec ting from the Sec urity Menu Ta b l e 2 - 2 Security Menu Select T o Do This Administrator pass word Enter , change , or delete an HP Administr ator pass word. P ow er-on pass word Enter , change, or delete a po wer-on pass word. P assw ord options â Enable/Disab le str ingent security . â Enable/Disab le required passwo rd on restar t. DriveLoc k pass words Enable/disab le Dr iv eLoc k; change a DriveLoc k user or master pass word. â DriveLock Settings are accessible only when you enter Comput er Setup by turning on (not restarting) the computer. Smar t Card Secur ity Enable/disab le pow er-on suppor t for smar t cards. â This f eature is suppor ted by select smar t card readers only . Embedded Security â Enable/Disab le the embedded secur ity chip . â Restore embedded security chip to factory settings. â Enable/Disab le power-on authentication suppor t. â Enable/Disab le automatic Dr iv eLock. â Reset pow er-on authen tication credential. â Embedded Security settings are accessible only if the computer is equipped with an embedded security chip. De vice security Enable/Disab le devices in the system. Enable NIC f or inclusion in MultiBoot. System IDs Enter user-defin ed identification v alues.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â5 Selec ting fr om t he T ools Menu Ta b l e 2 - 3 To o l s M e n u Select T o Do This HDD Self T est options Run a quic k or comprehensiv e self-test on any hard drive in the system. Batter y Inf or mation Vie w inf or matio n about an y batter y packs in the computer . Memor y Check â Run a self-test on memor y modules in the computer . â Vie w inf or mation about memor y modules installed in the computer .
2â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Selec ting from th e Ad v anced Menu Ta b l e 2 - 4 Adv anced Menu Select T o Do This Language (or press f2 ) Change the Computer Setup language. Boot options â Enable/Disab le MultiBoot, which sets a star tup sequence that can include most bootable de vices and media in the system. â Set the boot order . De vice options â Swap the functions of the fn k ey and left ctrl key . â Enable/Disab le multiple pointing de vices at star tup . (T o set the comp uter to suppor t only a single, usually nonstandard, pointing de vice at star tup , select Disable .) â Enable/Disab le USB legacy suppor t f or a USB ke yboard, mouse, and hu b . When USB legacy suppor t is enabled â A USB ke yboard, mouse, and hub work e v en when a Windows oper ating system is not loaded. â The computer star ts from a bootable hard drive , disk ette drive disk ette, or CD , CD-R W , or D VD inser ted into a drive connected b y a USB connector to the computer or to an optional docking de vice. â Select a parallel por t mode: EPP (Enhanced P arallel P or t), standard, bidirectional, or ECP (Enhanced Capabilities P or t). â Enable/Disab le all settings in the SpeedStep window . (When Disable is selected, the computer runs in Ba tter y Optimized mode.)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â7 2.2 T roub leshooting Flo wc har ts Ta b l e 2 - 5 T r oubleshooting Flo wcharts Over vie w Flowchart Description 2.1 âFlowchar t 2.1âInitial T roub leshootingâ 2.2 âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ow er , P ar t 1â 2.3 âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ow er , P ar t 2â 2.4 âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ow er , P ar t 3â 2.5 âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ow er , P ar t 4â 2.6 âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , P ar t 1â 2.7 âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , P ar t 2â 2.8 âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Do c king De vice (if applicable)â 2.9 âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loadingâ 2.10 âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1â 2.11 âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 2â 2.12 âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 3â 2.13 âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Disk ette Dr iv eâ
2â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flowchart Description 2.14 âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Driveâ 2.15 âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , P ar t 1â 2.16 âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , P ar t 2â 2.17 âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De viceâ 2.18 âFlowchar t 2.18âNonfunctioning K eyboardâ 2.19 âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning P ointing De viceâ 2.20 âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connectionâ Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roubleshooting Flo wchar ts Overview (Continued)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â9 Flo wc har t 2. 1âInitial T roubl eshooting Connecting to network or modem? Begin troubleshooting. Is there power? Is the OS loading? Is there video? (no boot) Is there sound? Beeps, LEDs, or error messages? Keyboard/ pointing device working? Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â All drives working? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N End N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchart 2.18âNonfunc- tioning K eyboardâ or âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunc- tioning P ointing De vice. â Check LED board, speaker connections. Go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.2âNo P o w er , P ar t 1 1. Reseat the power cables in the docking device and at the AC outlet. 2. Ensure the AC power source is active. 3. Ensure that the power strip is working. Done Remove from docking device (if applicable). Po we r up on batter y power? Po we r up on AC power? Power up in docking device? Po we r u p on batter y power? Po we r up in docking device? Done Reset power .* Reset power .* Po we r up on AC power? N Y Y N N Y N N Y Y YN 1. On select models, there is a separate reset button. 2. On select models, the computer can be reset using the standby switch and either the lid switch or the main po wer switch. *NOTES Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â No power (power LED is off).
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â11 Flo wc har t 2.3âNo P o wer , P ar t 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Visually check for debris in batter y socket and cl ean if necessary . Done N Y Po we r on ? Check batter y by recharging it, moving it to another computer , or replacing it. Po we r on ? Done Y Replace power supply (if applicable). N Po we r on ? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â
2â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.4âNo P o w er , P ar t 3 Continued from âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat AC adapter in computer and at po wer sou rce. Internal or external AC adapter? Done Done Done Done Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Plug directly into AC outlet. Po we r LE D on? Po we r ou tl e t active? T ry different outlet. Replace external AC adapter . Replace power cord. Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N External Internal Go to âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ower , Pa r t 4 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â13 Flowc h ar t 2.5 âN o P o w er , P ar t 4 Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Reseat loose components and boards and replace damaged items. Open computer . Loose or damaged parts? Y Close computer and retest. Po we r on ? Done N Replace the following items (if applicable). Check computer operation after each replacement: 1. Internal DC-DC converter* 2. Internal AC adapter 3. Processor board* 4. System board* *NOTE: Replace these items as a set to prevent shorting out among components.
2â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.6âNo Vid eo, P art 1 A N Stand-alone or docking device? No video. Replace the following one at a time. T est after each replacement. 1. Cable between computer and computer display (if applicable) 2. Display 3. System board Internal or external display*? Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Docking Device Internal Stand-alone External Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Y Press lid swi tc h to ensu re operation. Video OK? Done Y N Video OK? Done Done N Check for bent pins on cable. Tr y another display . Internal and external video OK? Replace system board. YY N N *NOTE: T o change from internal to external display , use the hotkey combination. Y Go to âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , Pa r t 2 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â15 Flo wc har t 2.7âNo Vid eo, P art 2 Y N Continued from âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Done Adjust external monitor display . Video OK? Adjust display brightness. Video OK? Video OK? Done Done Check that computer is properly seated in docking device, for bent pins on cable, and for monitor connection. Go to âA â in âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Check brightness of external monitor . T ry another external monitor . Internal and external video OK? Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â Y Y Y N N N Remove computer from docking device, if connected.
2â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting F lo wcha rt 2 .8 âN on fu nct i o n in g D ock in g De v ic e (i f appl icable) Y N Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. N Check voltage setting on docking device. Reset monitor cable connector at docking device. Reinstall computer into docking device. Docking device operating? Docking device operating? Done Done Y Nonfunctioning docking device. Remove computer , replace docking device. T est replacement docking device with new computer .
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â17 Flo wc har t 2.9âNo Opera ting S ystem (OS) Loadin g No OS loading from hard drive, go to âFlowchart 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P a r t 1. â Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. No OS loading.* *NOTE: Before beginning troubleshooting, always check cable connections, cable ends, and drives for bent or damaged pins. No OS loading from diskette drive, go to âFlowchart 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â No OS loading from optical drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Drive . â No OS loading from network, go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 0âN o OS Loadin g , Hard Driv e, Pa r t 1 Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Y Done N OS not loading from hard drive. Nonsystem disk message? Go to âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Reseat external hard drive. OS loading? Done Boot from CD? Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Boot from hard drive? Boot from diskette? Change boot priority through the Setup Utility and reboot. Boot from hard drive? Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Check the Setup utility for correct booting order .
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â19 Flowc h ar t 2. 1 1âN o OS L oa di n g , H ard Drive, Pa r t 2 Load OS using Operating System disc (if applicable). Continued from âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 1. â Reseat hard drive. Done Disc or diskette in drive? 1. Replace hard drive. 2. Replace system board. Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Format hard drive and bring to ab o o t a b l e C:\ prompt. Create partition, and then format hard drive to bootable C:\ prompt. Boot from diskette drive? Remove disc or diskette and reboot. Y N Boot from hard drive? Y N Y N Hard drive accessible? Y N Hard drive accessible? Done Run FDISK. Y N Hard drive partitioned? Hard drive formatted? Y N Y N Computer booted? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 3. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 3. â
2â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 2âNo OS Loadin g, H ard Driv e, Pa r t 3 Y System files on hard drive? Continued from âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Clean virus. Done N Install OS and reboot. Virus on hard drive? OS loading from hard drive? Y N Y N Y N Diagnostics on disc or diskette? Replace hard drive. Run diagnostics and follow recommendations. Run SCANDISK and check for bad sectors. Can bad sectors be fixed? Replace hard drive. Y N Y N Fix ba d sectors. Boot from hard drive? Replace hard drive. Done
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â21 Flo wc har t 2. 1 3âNo OS Loadin g , Disk et te Dri v e Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Diskette drive â System board Done Y N Reseat diskette drive. OS not loading from diskette drive. Done Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N OS loading? Nonsystem disk message? Bootable diskette in drive? Install bootable diskette and reboot computer . Check diskette for system files. Tr y d i f f e r e n t diskette. Nonsystem disk error? OS loading? Boot from another device? Enable drive and cold boot computer . Is diskette drive boot order correct? Change boot priority using the Setup Utility . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Diskette drive enabled in the Setup utility? Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
2â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 4âNo OS Load ing , Op tical Driv e Y Done N Bootable disc in drive? Disc in drive? No OS loading from CD-ROM or DVD-ROM drive. Install bootable disc and reboot computer . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Install bootable disc. Boots from CD or DVD? Boots from CD or DVD? T ry another bootable disc. Booting from another device? Booting order correct? Correct boot order using the Setup Utility . Done Reseat drive. Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 3 Flo wc h art 2. 1 5âNo Au dio, P ar t 1 No audio. N Computer in docking device (if applicable)? Internal audio? Audio? Done Undock Audio? Done T urn up audio internally or externally . Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Y Y Y Y N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Replace the docking device.
2â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 6âNo Audio, P ar t 2 YN Continued from âFlowchart 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Reload audio drivers. Audio driver in OS configured? Audio? Y Y Y N N N Correct drivers for application? Connect to external speaker . Load drivers and set configuration in OS. Audio? Done Replace audio board and speaker connections in computer (if applicable). Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Internal speakers â Audio board (if applicable)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 5 Flo wc har t 2. 1 7âNonfun c tioning De vice Done Any physical device detected? Y N Unplug the nonfunctioning device from the computer and inspect cables and plugs for bent or broken pins or other damage. Reseat device. Clear CMOS. Done Fix o r replace broken item. Nonfunctioning device. Reattach device. Close computer , plug in power , and reboot. Device boots properly? Go to âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Device boots properly? Replace hard drive. Replace diskette drive. Replace NIC. If integrated NIC, replace system board. Y N Y N
2â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 8âNonfunc tionin g K e yboar d Y N Keyboard operating properly? Keyboard not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external keyboard. Reseat internal keyboard connector (if applicable). Replace internal keyboard or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Keyboard operating properly?
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 7 Flo wc har t 2. 1 9âN onfunc tioning P ointin g De v ice Y N Pointing device not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external pointing device. Reseat internal pointing device connector (if applicable). Replace internal pointing device or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly? Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly?
2â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.20âNo N et w ork/Modem Conn ectio n Y Disconnect all power from the computer and open. No network or modem connection. N Done Digital line? Network or modem jack active? Replace jack or have jack activated. Connect to nondigital line. NIC/modem configured in OS? Reload drivers and reconfigure. Reseat NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace system board. Done N N N N Y Y Y Y Network or modem connection working? Network or modem connection working?
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â1 3 I llus trated P a rts C a talog This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdo wn and a reference for spare part numbers. 3. 1 S erial N umber Location When ordering parts or requesting information, provide the computer serial number and model number located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
3â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.2 Comp uter M ajor Com ponen ts Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components Item Description Spare P a rt Number 1 Display assemb lies (include displa y cable , wireless antenna boards, and antenna cables) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383477-001 383476-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383479-001 383478-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 403251-001 403252-001 â Refer to Section 3.3, âDispla y Assembly Subcomponents: HP P avilion dv4200 Modelsâ and Section 3.4, âDispla y Assembly Subcomponents: Com paq Presario V420 0 and HP Compaq nx7220 Modelsâ for display assembly in ternal component spare part number information. 2 Switch co vers (include LED board and LED board cab le) F or use with HP P avilion dv 4200 models with wireless capability F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models without wireless capability F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models in Europe with wireless capability F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models in Europe without wireless capability 403907-001 403906-001 403909-001 403908-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models with wireless capability F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models without wireless capability 384619-001 403004-001
3â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â5 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 2 Switch co vers (Continued; include LED boa rd and LED board cab le) F or use with HP Compaq nx 7220 models with wireless capability F or use with HP Compaq nx 7220 models with wireless capability 403005-001 403006-001 3 Ke yboards F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models: Belgium Denmark Europe Fr a n c e F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy Ko r e a Norwa y 383495-181 383495-081 383495-021 383495-051 383495-121 383495-041 383495-151 383495-BB1 383495-061 383495-AD1 383495-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand Tu r k e y United Kingdom United States 383495-131 383495-171 383495-071 383495-B71 383495-111 383495-AB1 383495-281 383495-141 383495-031 383495-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models: Denmark Fr a n c e F rench Canada Italy Ko r e a The Netherlands 384635-081 384635-051 384635-121 384635-061 384635-AD1 384635-331 Norwa y Spain Sweden/Finland Thailand United Kingdom United States 384635-091 384635-071 384635-101 384635-AB1 384635-031 384635-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models: J apan 384635-291
3â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â7 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 4 T op covers F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models (includes T ouchP ad) 403914-001 F or use with full-featured Compaq Presario V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) F or use with defeatured Compaq Presario V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 397859-001 404083-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 403253-001 T ouchP ad boar d , f or use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx 7220 models (not illustrated) 391737-001 5 Modem board (high-speed 56K, includes modem cab le) 384623-001 6 T ouchP ad cable 383467-001 Miscellaneous Doors/Co vers Kit F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 383469-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384627-001 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e Includes: PC Card slot space sav er ExpressCard slot space sav er Ther mal cov er Memor y module compar tment cov er Hard drive cov er Computer f e et (not illustrated)
3â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â9 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 8 System board shields F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 403915-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384624-001 9 System boards F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 915GML 915PM/M25P128 403894-001 403895-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 915GML 403213-001 PC Card assemb ly (not illustrated) 403912-001 10a 10b USB board , includes: USB board, USB board cable , and audio board cable USB board frame 384625-001 11 Bluetooth® wireless modules (include Bluetooth module cab le) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 397923-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383459-001 12a 12b Heat sink assembl y , includes: Fa n Heat sink Ther mal paste (not illustrated) 384622-001 13 Speakers 383466-001
3â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â11 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 14 Base enclosures F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 384629-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 385739-001 Rubber feet (not illustrated) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 404369-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 404576-001 15 Processors (include thermal paste) Intel P entium M 2.13-GHz Intel P entium M 2.00-GHz Intel P entium M 1.86-GHz Intel P entium M 1.73-GHz Intel P entium M 1.60-GHz 396700-001 396699-001 393327-001 383474-001 396698-001 Intel Celeron M 1.60-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.50-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.40-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.30-GHz f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 404803-001 383471-001 396697-001 389036-001
3â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â13 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 16 Mini PCI communications modules F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 802.11b/g wireless local access network (WLAN) module, f or use in most of the world 802.11b/g WLAN module, f or use in the rest of the wor ld 403927-001 403298-001 802.11b/g WLAN Broadcomm module, f or use in most of the world 802.11b/g WLAN Broadcomm module, f or use in the rest of the world 396694-001 396695-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 802.11b/g WLAN module, f o r use in Japan 378972-001 and 403214-291 17 Memor y modules F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 256MB 403898-001 403897-001 403896-001 403573-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 383482-001 383481-001 383480-001
3â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â15 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 18 Battery packs F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 403737-001 398752-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 383492-001 383493-001 19 Optical drives F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396704-001 391743-001 383490-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396705-001 391744-001 384631-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models D VD-R OM dr iv e 396707-001
3â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â17 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 20 RTC battery (includes 2-sided tape) 384626-001 21 Hard drives (include frame and connector) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 5400-r pm 80-GB 383487-001 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 383488-001 383486-001 383484-001 383483-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 5400-r pm, 60-GB 383485-001
3â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3 .3 Displa y Asse mbl y Subcom ponents: HP P a vilion dv4 200 Models
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â19 T able 3-2 HP P avilion dv4200 Displa y Assembl y Subcomponent Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description 1a 1b Display Plastics Kit , includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure 403919-001 2 Display P anel Kit (includes displa y panel, displa y inv er ter , and display cab l e) 403918-001 3a 3b Display Hinge Kit , includes: â Displa y hinges (2) â Displa y release hooks (2) 403921-001 4 Wireless antenna (includes cab le and board) 397924-001 Display Label Kit (not illustrated) 403925-001 Display Scre w Kit (not illustrated, includes Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws, Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 scre ws, and rubber screw co vers) 403923-001
3â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3 .4 Displa y Asse mbl y Subcom ponents: C ompa q Presario V4 200 and HP C ompa q nx7 2 20 Models
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â21 T able 3-3 Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponent Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number 1a 1b 1c Display Plastics Kit , includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure â Displa y hinge cove rs 403920-001 2 Display P anel Kit (includes the displa y panel, displa y inv er ter , and display cab l e) 403918-001 3a 3b Display Hinge Kit , includes: â Displa y hinges (2) â Displa y release hooks (2) 403922-001 4 Wireless antenna (includes cab le and board) 397925-001 Display Label Kit (not illustrated) 403926-001 Display Scre w Kit (not illustrated, includes Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws, Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 scre ws, and rubber screw co vers) 403924-001
3â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.5 Miscell aneous Doors/Co v ers Kit Spa r e P art I nf or matio n
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 3 T able 3-4 Miscellaneous Doors/Co vers Kit Spare P ar t Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 383469-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384627-001 Includes: 1 PC Card slot space sav er 2 E xpressCard slot space sa v er 3 Ther mal cov er (includes one captiv e screw , secured by C-clip) 4a 4b Computer f eet F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models F o r use with Compaq P avilion V4200 models 5 Memor y module/Mini PCI compar tm ent cov er (includes 3 captive screws , secured by C-clips) 6 Hard dr ive co ver (includes 2 capt iv e screws, secured b y C-clips)
3â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.6 Miscell an eous Ca bl e Kit
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 5 Ta b l e 3 - 5 Miscellaneous Cable Kit Spare P ar t Number 383468-001 Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Cable Kit, includes: 383468-001 1 Modem cable 2 A udio board cabl e 3 USB board cable 4 Bluetooth module cable 5 LED board cable
3â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.7 M a s s St or a g e De vi ce s
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 7 Ta b l e 3 - 6 Mass Storage Devices Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P a rt Number 1 Hard drives (include fr ame and connector) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 5400-r pm, 80-GB 383487-001 4200-r pm, 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 383488-001 383486-001 383484-001 383483-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 5400-r pm, 60-GB 383485-001 2 Optical drives F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396704-001 391743-001 383490-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396705-001 391744-001 384631-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models D VD-R OM dr iv e 396707-001 USB digital drive (not illustrated) 364727-001
3â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.8 Miscell an eous (Not I llus trated) Ta b l e 3 - 7 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) Spare P ar t Information Description Spare P ar t Number P ower supply , 90 watt, PFC 403901-001 P ower supply , 90 watt, non-PFC 403900-001 P ower supply , 65 watt 383494-001 P ower supply , 65 watt, f or use only with HP Compaq nx7220 models in Japan 403215-291 Po w e r c o r d s Fo r u s e i n : A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 383496-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance , Ger many , Greece, the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 383496-021 Canada, F rench Canada, Latin America, T aiwan, Thailand, and the United States 383496-001 Denmark 383496-081 Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 383496-031 Israel 383496-BB1 Italy 383496-061 Japan 383496-291 K orea 383496-AD1 Switzerland 383496-111 T aiwan 383496-AB1
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 9 Screw Kits (include the f ollowing scre ws; ref e r to Appendix C , âScrew Listing, â f o r more inf or mation on specifications and usage) â Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 scre w â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã12.0 spring-loaded screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw â Phillips PM1.5Ã4.0 screw F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 384628-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 385741-001 All-in-one media cable II 375759-001 A u dio Y cable 2 379452-001 USB travel mouse 309674-001 USB digital drive 364727-001 Wired headset with v olume control 371693-001 Ta b l e 3 - 7 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) Spare P ar t Information (Continued) Description Spare P ar t Number
3â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.9 Sequ enti al P a rt N umber Listin g Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing Spare P art Number Description 309674-001 USB trav el mouse 364727-001 USB digital dr iv e 371693-001 Wired headset with volume control 375759-001 All-in-one media cable II 378972-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications module, f or use in the rest of the world fo r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 379452-001 Audio Y cab le 2 383459-001 Bluetooth module for us e with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383466-001 Speakers 383467-001 T ouchP ad cable 383468-001 Miscellaneous Cable Kit 383469-001 Miscellaneous Doors/Cov e rs Kit f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 383471-001 Intel Celeron M 1.50-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 383474-001 Intel P entium M 1.73-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 383476-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT display assemb ly , f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (inc ludes displa y cable, wireless antenna boards, and antenna cab les) 383477-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT disp lay assemb ly with Br ightVie w f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes displa y cable , wireless antenna boards , and antenna cab les) 383478-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT display assemb ly for use with Compaq Presario V4200 models (includes display cab l e, wireless antenna boards , and antenna cab les)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â31 383479-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT disp lay assemb ly with Br ightVie w f or use with Compaq Presario V4 200 models (includes display cable , wireless antenna boards, and antenna cables) 383480-001 256-MB memor y module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383481-001 512-MB memor y module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383482-001 1024-MB memor y module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383483-001 4200-r pm 40-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383484-001 4200-r pm 60-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383485-001 5400 r pm, 80-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383486-001 4200-r pm 80-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383487-001 5400 r pm, 80-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383488-001 4200-r pm 100-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383490-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Dr iv e or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 383492-001 12-cell, 8.8-Amp hour ba tter y pack f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383493-001 6-cell, 4.4-Amp hour batt er y pack f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383494-001 65-watt pow er supply 383495-001 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in the United States 383495-021 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 383495-031 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in the United Kingdom 383495-041 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Germany 383495-051 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 m odels in F r ance 383495-061 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Italy 383495-071 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 m odels in Spain 383495-081 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 mode ls in Denmark 383495-091 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Norw ay 383495-111 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Switzerland 383495-121 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in F rench Canada 383495-131 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in P or tugal 383495-141 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Saudi Arabia 383495-151 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Greece 383495-171 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Saudi Arabia 383495-181 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Belgium 383495-281 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Thailand 383495-291 K eyboard f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models in J apan 383495-AB1 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in T aiw an 383495-AD1 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in K orea 383495-B71 K eyboard f or use with HP P a vilion dv4200 models in Sweden/Finland Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 3 383495-BB1 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Israel 383496-001 P ower cord f or use in Can ada, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiwan, Thailand, and the United States 383496-011 P ower cord f or use in Austr alia and New Zealand 383496-021 P ower cord f or use in Be lgium, Europe, Finland, F rance , Ger many , Greece, the Netherlands, Norw ay , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 383496-031 P ower cord f or use in Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 383496-061 P ower cord f or use in Italy 383496-081 P ower cord f or use in Denmar k 383496-111 P ower cord f or use in Switzerland 383496-111 P ower cord f or use in Switzerland 383496-291 P ower cord f or use in Japan 383496-AD1 P ow er cord f or use in K orea 383496-BB1 P ow er cord f or use in Israel 384619-001 Switch cov er f o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models (includes LED board and LED board cab le) 384622-001 Heat sink assembly (includes f an, heat sink, and ther mal paste) 384623-001 Modem board (high-spee d 56K, includes modem cable) 384624-001 System board shield for us e with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384625-001 USB board (includes USB board, USB board frame, USB board cab le, and audio board cab le) 384626-001 RTC battery (i ncludes 2-sided tape) Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 384627-001 Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kit f o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 384628-001 Screw Kit f or use with fu ll-featured HP P a vilion dv4200 models 384629-001 Base enclosure for use with full-f eatured HP P avilion dv4200 models 384631-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 384635-001 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in the United States 384635-031 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in the United Kingdom 384635-051 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Fr a n c e 384635-061 K eyboard f or use with Comp aq Presario V4200 models in Italy 384635-071 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Spain 384635-081 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Denmark 384635-091 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Norwa y 384635-101 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Sweden and Finland 384635-121 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in F rench Canada 384635-281 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Thailand Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 5 384635-331 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in the Netherlands 384635-AD1 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presar io V4200 models in Ko r e a 385739-001 Base enclosure for use wi th Compaq Presario V4200 models 385741-001 Screw Kit f or use with fu ll-featured Compaq Presario V4200 models 389036-001 Intel Celeron M 1.3-GHz pr ocessor for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 391737-001 T ouchP ad board, for use wi th Compaq Presario V4200 models 391743-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Combo Driv e (double-la yer writing capability), f or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 391744-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Combo Driv e (double-la yer writing capability), f or use with Co mpaq Presar io V4200 models 393327-001 Intel P entium M 1.86-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396694-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications Broadcomm module, f or use in most of the world 396695-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications Broadcomm module, f or use in the rest of the world 396697-001 Intel Celeron M 1.40-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396698-001 Intel P entium M 1.60-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396699-001 Intel P entium M 2.00-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396700-001 Intel P entium M 2.13-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396704-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Do ub le Lay er Combo Dr iv e with LightScribe for use with HP P a vilion dv4200 models Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 396705-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Do ub le Lay er Combo Dr iv e with LightScribe for use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models 396707-001 D VD-R OM drive f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 397859-001 T op cov er for use with fu ll-f eatured Compaq Presar io V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 397923-001 Bluetooth module (i ncludes Bluetooth module cable) 397924-001 Wireless antenna for use with HP P a vilio n dv4200 models (includes cab le and transceiv er) 397925-001 Wireless antenna for use wi th Compaq Presario V4200 models (includes cab le and transceiv er) 398752-001 Batter y pack (6-cel l, 4.4-Amp hour capacity) 403004-001 Switch cov er f o r use wi th Compaq V4200 models without wireless capability 403005-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models with wireless capability 403006-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP Compaq nx72 20 models without wireless capability 403213-001 915GML system board fo r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 403214-001 802.11b/g WLAN module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 403215-291 65-watt pow er supply f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 403251-001 15.4-inch WXGA display panel f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models (includes wirele ss antenna transceiv ers and cables) Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 7 403252-001 15.4-inch WXGA display pane l with BrightView f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models (includes wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables) 403253-001 T op cov er for use with full-f eatured HP Compaq nx7220 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 403573-001 256-MB memor y module 403737-001 Batter y pack (12-ce ll, 8.8-Amp hour capacity) 403894-001 System board, 915GML 403895-001 System board, 915PM/M25P128 403896-001 256-MB memor y module, 1DM 403897-001 512-MB memor y module, 1DM 403898-001 1024-MB memor y module, 1DM 403900-001 90-watt pow er supply , non-PFC 403901-001 90-watt pow er supply , PFC 403906-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models without wireless capability 403907-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models with wireless capability 403908-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe without wireless capability 403909-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe with wireless capability 403912-001 PC Card assembly 403914-001 T op cov er for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes T ouchP ad) 403915-001 System board shield for us e with HP P a vilion dv4200 models Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 403917-001 System board shield for us e with HP P a vilion dv4200 models 403918-001 Display P anel Kit (includes displa y inv er ter and display cab le) 403919-001 Display Plastics Kit f or us e with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes displa y bezel and displa y enclosure) 403920-001 Display Plastics Kit f or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models (includes displa y bezel, displa y enclosure, and displa y hinge covers) 403921-001 Display Hinge Kit f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes displa y hinges and displa y release hooks) 403922-001 Display Hinge Kit f or use wi th Compaq Presar io V4200 models (includes displa y hinges and displa y release hook) 403925-001 Display Label Kit f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 403926-001 Display Label Kit f or use with Compaq Pres ario V4200 models 403927-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications module, f or use in most of the world 403298-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications module, f or use in the rest of the world 404083-001 T op cov er for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes T ouchP ad) 404369-001 Rubber fe et f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 404576-001 Rubber fe et f or use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 404803-001 Intel Celeron M 1.60-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â1 4 Remo v al and Repl acem ent Preliminaries This chapter provides essential information for proper and safe remov al and replacement service. 4. 1 T ools Required Y ou will need the follo wing tools to complete the remov al and replacement procedures: â Magnetic scre wdri ver â Phillips P0 scre wdri ver â Flat-bladed scre wdriv er â T ool kitâincludes connector remo v al tool, loopback plugs, and case utility tool
4â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.2 Ser vice C onsidera tions The follo wing sections include some of the considerations that you should keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. â As you remov e each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompanying scre ws) aw ay from the work area to pre vent damage. Pl a s t i c Pa r t s Using excessi ve force during disassembly and reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. Ca bl es and C onnec tors à CA UTION: When servic ing the c omputer , ensu r e t hat cables are placed in their pr oper locatio ns during the r easse mbly pr ocess . Impr oper cable placement can damage the com puter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to a void damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during remov al and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whene ver possible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Ensure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged b y parts being remov ed or replaced. Handle flex cables w ith e xtreme care; these cables tear easily .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â3 4. 3 Pr e v e nti ng Da mage to R emo v able Dr iv es Remov able dri ves are fragile components that must be handled with care. T o pre vent damage to the computer , damage to a remov able dri ve, or loss of information, observ e the following precautions: â Before removing or inserting a hard dri ve, shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. â Before removing a disk ette driv e or optical driv e, ensure that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and ensure that the optical dri ve tray is closed. â Before handling a dri ve, ensure that you are dischar ged of static electricity . While handling a driv e, a v oid touching the connector . â Handle dri ves on surfaces co vered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. â A void dropping dri ves from an y height onto any surface. â After removing a hard dri ve, an optical dri ve, or a diskette dri ve, place it in a static-proof bag. â A void e xposing a hard driv e to products that have magnetic f ields, such as monitors or speakers. â A void e xposing a driv e to temperature extremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed, place the dri ve in a b ubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protecti ve packaging and label the package âFRA GILE: Handle W ith Care. â
4â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.4 Pr e v enting El ec trostati c Dam ag e Many electronic components are sensiti ve to electrostatic dischar ge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensiti vity . Networks b uilt into many inte grated circuits provide some protection, b ut in many cases, the dischar ge contains enough po wer to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A sudden dischar ge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensiti ve de vices or microcircuitry . Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, b ut damage occurs. An electronic de vice exposed to electrostatic dischar ge may not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the de vice may function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life e xpectancy .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â5 4.5 P a c k agin g and T ranspor tin g Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions when packaging and transporting equipment: â T o a v oid hand contact, transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect all electrostatic-sensiti ve parts and assemblies with conducti ve or approv ed containers or packaging. â K eep electrostatic-sensitiv e parts in their containers until the parts arri ve at static-free w orkstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before remo ving items from their containers. â Alw ays be properly grounded when touching a sensiti ve component or assembly . â Store reusable electrostatic-sensiti ve parts from assemblies in protecti ve packaging or nonconducti ve foam. â Use transporters and con ve yors made of antistatic belts and roller b ushings. Ensure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to a v oid static charging. When grounding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges.
4â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.6 W orksta tion Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions at workstations: â Cov er the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material (refer to T able 4-2, âStatic-Shielding Materialsâ ). â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conducti v e field service tools such as cutters, scre wdriv ers, and v acuums. â When f ixtures must directly contact dissipati ve surf aces, use f ixtures made only of static-safe materials. â K eep the work area free of nonconductiv e materials such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle electrostatic-sensiti ve components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â A void contact with pins, leads, or circuitry . â T urn of f po wer and input signals before inserting or removing connectors or test equipment.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â7 4.7 Groundin g E quip ment an d Methods Grounding equipment must include either a wrist strap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. T o provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conducti ve floors or dissipati ve floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. T o be ef fectiv e, the conducti ve strips must be worn in contact with the skin. Other grounding equipment recommended for use in pre v enting electrostatic damage includes: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and slee ve protectors â Conducti ve bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconducti ve foam â Conducti ve tabletop w orkstations with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipati ve tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static aw areness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconducti ve plastic bags, tubes, or box es â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic v oltage le vels and protecti ve materials
4â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es T able 4-1 shows ho w humidity affects the electrostatic v oltage le vels generated by dif ferent acti vities. T able 4-2 lists the shielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Ta b l e 4 - 1 T ypical Electr ostatic V oltage Levels Relative Humidity Event 10% 40% 55% W alking across car pet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V W alking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vin yl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrof oam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing b ubble pac k from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7 ,000 V P acking PCBs in f oam-lined bo x 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V â A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Ta b l e 4 - 2 Static-Shielding Materials Material Use V oltage Protection Le vel Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic F loor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â1 5 Remo v al and Repl acem ent Pr ocedure s This chapter provides remo val and replacement procedures. There are as many as 89 scre ws and scre w locks, in 11 dif ferent sizes, that may ha ve to be remo ved, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer . Mak e special note of each scre w and scre w lock size and location during remov al and replacement. Refer to Appendix C, âScre w Listing. â for detailed information on scre w and screw lock sizes, locations, and usage.
5â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 Seri al Number Report the computer serial number to HP when requesting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 .2 Disasse mbl y Sequence C hart Use the chart belo w to determine the section number to be referenced when removing computer components. Disassembl y Sequence Char t Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassemb ly Batter y pack 0 5.4 Hard Drive 2 loosened to remov e the hard drive co ver 4 to remov e the hard drive frame 5.5 Computer F eet 0 5.6 Optical Drive 1 5.7 Memor y Module 3 loosened to remov e the memor y module/Mini PCI compar tment cov er 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Module 0 Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the display of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f o r use in y our computer by the go v er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If y ou install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 5.9 RT C B a t t e r y 0 5.10 Heat Sink 1 loosened to remov e the ther mal cov er 4 remov ed to remov e the heat sink
5â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.11 Processor 1 loosened 512 Switch Cov er 3 on Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 5.13 Key b o a r d 4 5.14 Displa y Assemb ly Displa y bezel Displa y release hook Displa y hinges Displa y panel Wireless antenna transceiv er and cable 6 6 2 6 6 0 5.15 To p C o v e r (HP P avilion dv4200 models) 16 5.16 Base Enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models) 16 5.17 Modem Board 2 5.18 System Board 8 on HP P avilion dv4200 models 4 on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 5.19 PC Card Assembly 2 5.20 F an Assemb ly 7 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued)
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 5 .3 Preparing t he C om puter for Di sassem bl y Before you begin an y remov al or installation procedures: 1. Shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external de vices connected to the computer . 3. Disconnect the po wer cord. 5.21 Speakers 3 5.22 USB Board HP P avilion dv4200 models: 3 remov ed in Section 5.18; Compaq V4200 models: 4 to remov e the USB board frame; 4 to remov e the USB board 5.23 Bluetooth Module 2 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued) Battery P ack Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 403737-001 398752-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 383492-001 383493-001
5â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. Remov e the battery pack by follo wing these steps: a. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. b . Slide and hold the battery release latch 1 to the left. (The front edge of the battery pack disengages from the computer .) c. Lift the front edge of the battery pack up and swing it aw ay from you 2 . d. Remov e the battery pack. R emo v i ng the Battery P ac k Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the battery pack.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 5 .4 Hard Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Har d Drive Spare P ar t Number Information F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 5400 r pm, 80-GB 383487-001 4200 r pm, 100-GB 383488-001 4200 r pm, 80-GB 383486-001 4200 r pm, 60-GB 383484-001 4200 r pm, 40-GB 383483-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 5400-r pm, 60-GB 383485-001
5â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Loosen the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the hard dri ve co ver to the computer . 3. Lift the right side of the cov er up and swing it to the left 2 . 4. Remov e the hard driv e cov er . â The hard dri ve co ver is included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). R emo v ing the H ar d Dr i ve C o v er
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â9 5. Use the tab 1 on the right side of the hard dri ve to pull the hard dri ve to the left 2 until it disconnects from the computer . 6. Lift the hard dri ve straight up 3 and remo ve it from the hard dri ve bay . R emo v ing the H ar d Dr i ve
5â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the hard dri ve frame to the hard dri ve. 8. Slide the frame forward 2 to remo v e if from the hard dri ve. R emo v ing the H ar d Dr i ve F rame Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the hard dri ve.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â11 5. 5 C o m p u t e r Fe e t The computer feet are adhesi ve-backed rubber pads. The feet are included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). Rubber feet can also be ordered using spare part numbers 404369-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and 404576-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). R eplac ing the Comput er F eet, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models
5â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es R eplac ing the Comput er F eet, C ompaq Pr esari o V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â13 5 .6 Optical Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the hard driv e cov er ( Section 5.4 ). Optical Drive Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e with LightScribe 396704-001 D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e 391743-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 383940-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e with LightScribe 396705-001 D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e 391744-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 384631-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models D VD-R OM dr iv e 396707-001
5â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 1 that secures the optical dri ve to the computer . 4. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip, into the media tray release hole 2 . (The optical dri ve media tray releases from the optical dri ve.) 5. Use the media tray frame to slide the optical dri ve to the left 3. 6. Remov e the optical driv e. R emo v i ng the Optical Dr i ve Re verse the abo ve procedure to install the optical dri ve.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â15 5. 7 M e m o r y M o d u l e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3 ). Memory Module Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 256MB 403898-001 403897-001 403896-001 403573-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 383482-001 383481-001 383480-001
5â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Loosen the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the left edge of the cov er up and swing it to the right 2 . 4. Remov e the memory module compartment cover . â The memory module compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pavilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). R emo v ing the Memory Module C ompartment Co ver
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â17 5. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module socket to release the memory module. (The side of the module opposite the socket rises a way from the computer .) 6. Slide the module aw ay from the socket at an angle 2 . 7. Remov e the memory module. â Memory modules are designed with a notch 3 to pre vent incorrect installation into the memory module socket. R emo v ing the Memory Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a memory module.
5â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .8 M ini P CI Comm unica tions Module 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the memory module compartment cover ( Section 5.8 ). â Make note of which antenna cable is attached to which antenna clip on the Mini PCI communications module before disconnecting the cables. Mini PCI Comm unications Module Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the world 403927-001 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 403298-001 802.11b/g WLAN Broadcomm module f or use in most of the wor l d 396694-001 802.11b/g WLAN Broadco mm module f or use in the rest of the wor l d 396695-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 802.11b/g WLAN module, f or use Japan 378972-001 and 403214-291
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â19 3. Disconnect the auxiliary and main antenna cables 1 from the Mini PCI communications module. 4. Spread the retaining tabs 2 on each side of the Mini PCI socket to release the Mini PCI communications module. (The edge of the module opposite the socket rises a way from the computer .) 5. Remov e the Mini PCI communications module by pulling the module aw ay from the socket at a 45-de gree angle 3 . â Mini PCI communications modules are designed with a notch 4 to pre vent incorrect installation. R emo v ing a Mini PCI C ommunicati ons Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a Mini PCI communications module.
5â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 9 R TC B a t t e r y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the Mini PCI communications module ( Section 5.8 ). 3. Disconnect the R T C battery cable 1 from the system board. 4. Remov e the R TC battery 2 from the system board. (The R TC battery is attached to the system board with two-sided tape.) R emo v i ng the R T C Batter y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the R TC battery . R TC Battery Spare Part Number Information R TC batter y (includes 2-sided tape) 384626-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â21 5 . 1 0 Hea t Sink 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Heat Sink Spare P ar t Number Information Heat sink (includes f an and ther mal paste) 384622-001
5â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw 1 that secures the thermal cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the left edge of the cov er up and swing it to the right 2 . â The thermal cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). 4. Remov e the thermal cover . R emo v ing the Ther mal Co ve r
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 3 â The follo wing screws should be remo ved and installed in the 1, 2, 3, 4 sequence stamped on the heat sink. 5. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã12.0 spring-loaded shoulder scre ws 1 that secure the heat sink to the computer . â Due to the adhesi v e quality of the thermal paste located between the heat sink and processor , it may be necessary to mov e the heat sink from side to side to detach the heat sink from the processor . 6. Remov e the heat sink 2 . R emo v i ng the Heat Sink
5â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â The thermal paste should be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the heat sink 1 and processor 2 each time the heat sink is remov ed. Thermal paste is included with all heat sink and processor spare part kits. Ther mal P aste L ocations Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the heat sink.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 5 5. 1 1 P r o c e s s o r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the heat sink ( Section 5.10 ). Pr ocessor Spare P ar t Number Information Intel P entium M 2.13-GHz Intel P entium M 2.00-GHz Intel P entium M 1.86-GHz Intel P entium M 1.73-GHz Intel P entium M 1.60-GHz 396700-001 396699-001 393327-001 383474-001 396698-001 Intel Celeron M 1.60-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.50-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.40-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.30-GHz f o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 404803-001 383471-001 396697-001 389036-001
5â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Use a flat-blade scre wdriv e r to turn the processor locking scre w one-quarter turn counterclockwise 1 until you hear ac l i c k . 4. Lift the processor straight up and remov e it 2 . â The gold triangle 3 on the processor should be aligned in the rear right corner when you install the processor. R emo v ing the Pr ocess or Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the processor .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 7 5. 1 2 Sw i t c h C ove r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Switch Co ver Spare Pa r t Number Inf ormation F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 mo dels with wireless capability 403907-001 F o r use with HP P avilion dv 4200 models without wireless capability 403906-001 F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe with wireless capability 403909-001 F o r use with HP P avilion dv42 00 models in Europe without wireless capability 403908-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models with wireless capability 384619-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models without wireless capability 403004-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx 7220 models with wireless capability 403006-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx72 20 models without wireless capability 403006-001
5â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 2 and 3 apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the rear panel to ward you. 3. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that secure the switch cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the S w itc h Co ver Sc re ws , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 9 4. T urn the computer right-side up with the front to ward you. 5. Open the computer as far as possible. 6. Press and hold do wn the insert key 1 . 7. Insert a flat blade tool into the notch in the switch cov er behind the insert ke y and lift the switch cov er 2 . 8. Disengage the center 3 and left side 4 of the switch co ver from the computer . 9. Rest the switch cov er on the computer . R eleasing the S w itch C ov er
5â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 3 K eyb o a r d Ke yboard Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models: Belgium Denmark Europe F rance F rench Canada Ger many Greece Italy Ko r e a The Netherlands Norwa y 383495-181 383495-081 383495-021 383495-051 383495-121 383495-041 383495-151 383495-061 383495-ad1 383495-331 383495-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand Tu r k e y United Kingdom United States 383495-131 383495-171 383495-071 383495-b71 383495-111 383495-ab1 383495-281 383495-141 383495-031 383495-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario dv4200 models: Denmark F rance F rench Canada Italy Ko r e a The Netherlands 384635-081 384635-051 384635-121 384635-061 384635-AD1 384635-331 Norwa y Spain Sweden/Finland Thailand United Kingdom United States 384635-091 384635-071 384635-101 384635-AB1 384635-031 384635-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models: Ja pan 384635-291
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â31 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Release the switch cov er ( Section 5.12 ). 3. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screws that secure the ke yboard to the computer . R emo v i ng the K e yboar d Scr e ws
5â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. Lift the rear edge of the ke yboard and swing it forward until it rests on the palm rest. Re le a s i n g th e Keybo a rd
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 3 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the keyboard. Disconnecting the K e yboar d Cable
5â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Disconnect the LED board cable 1 from the system board. 8. Remov e the switch cov er 2 . R emo v ing the Sw itc h Co v er Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the keyboard and switch cov er .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 5 . 1 4 D ispla y Asse mbl y â All display assembly spare part kits include a display cable, wireless antenna transcei v ers, and wireless antenna cables. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the switch cov er ( Section 5.12 ). 3. Remov e the keyboard ( Section 5.13 ). 4. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI communications module 1 . 5. Remov e the cables from the clip 2 in the base enclosure. 6. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 3 that secure the display assembly to the computer . Displa y Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383477-001 383476-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383479-001 383478-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 403251-001 403252-001
5â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es R emo v i ng the Displa y Scr ew s
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 7 7. T urn the computer right-side up with the front to ward you. 8. Open the display as far as possible. 9. Remov e the wireless antenna cables 1 from the clips in the top cov er . 10. Disconnect the display cable from the system board 2 . R emo v i ng the W i r eless An tenna Ca bles
5â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es à CA UTION: Support the display a ssembl y when r emov ing the follo wing sc r e ws . F ailur e to support the display a ssembl y can result in damage t o the displa y asse mbly and other com puter components . 11. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 12. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Assembl y
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 9 â Steps 14 through 25 apply to HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. See steps 26 through 38 in this section to disassemble the display assembly on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Plastics Kit for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models , includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure 403919-001
5â40 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 13. Remov e the 6 rubber screw co vers 1 and 2 and six PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 3 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . â The rubber scre w cov ers are included in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 403923-001. The four taller scre w covers 1 should be installed in the scre w holes on the top edge of the bezel. R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el Sc re ws , HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â41 14. Flex the inside edges of the left and right sides 1 of the display bezel and the inside edges of the top and bottom sides 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display assembly . 15. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el , HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
5â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 16. Remov e the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure each display release hook to the display enclosure. 17. Remov e the display release hooks 2 . R emo v ing the Display R elease Hooks, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models , includes: â Displa y release hooks â Displa y hinges 403921-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â43 18. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure each display hinge to the display enclosure. 19. Remov e the display hinges 2 . R emo v ing the Display H inges, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models , includes: â Displa y hinges â Displa y release hooks 403921-001
5â44 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 20. Remov e the 6 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. 21. Remov e the display panel 2 . R emo v i ng the Displa y P anel , HP P a vili on d v4 200 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Panel Kit (includes displa y inv er ter and display cable) 403918-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 5 22. Release the retention tabs 1 b uilt in to the display enclosure shield that secure the wireless antenna cables to the display enclosure. 23. Detach the wireless antenna transcei v ers 2 from the display enclosure. 24. Remov e the wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables 3 . R emo v i ng the W ir eless Ant enna T r anscei ver s and Cable s, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models â Steps 26 through 38 apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Wireless antenna f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes cable and tr ansceiv er) 397924-001
5â46 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 25. Remov e the 6 rubber screw co vers 1 and 2 and six PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 3 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . â The rubber scre w cov ers are included in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 403924-001. The four taller scre w covers 1 should be installed in the scre w holes on the top edge of the bezel. R emo v ing the Displa y Bez el Scr e w s, C ompaq Pr esario V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Plastics Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure â Displa y hinge covers) 403920-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 7 26. Flex the inside edges of the left and right sides 1 of the display bezel and the inside edges of the top and bottom sides 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display assembly . 27. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
5â4 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 28. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display release hook to the display enclosure. 29. Remov e the display release hook 2 . R emo v ing the Display R elease Hook , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, includes: â Displa y release hook â Displa y hinges â Displa y hinge covers 403921-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 9 30. Remov e the display hinge cov ers 1 . 31. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 2 that secure each display hinge to the display enclosure. 32. Remov e the display hinges 3 . R emo v ing the Display H inges, C ompaq Pre sar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, includes: â Displa y hinge covers â Displa y hinges â Displa y release hook 403921-001
5â5 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 33. Remov e the 6 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. 34. Remov e the display panel 2 . R emo v i ng the Displa y P anel , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Panel Kit (includes displa y inv er ter and display cable) 403918-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â51 35. Release the retention tabs 1 b uilt in to the display enclosure shield that secure the wireless antenna cables to the display enclosure. 36. Detach the wireless antenna transcei v ers 2 from the display enclosure. 37. Remov e the wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables 3 . R emo v ing the Wir eless An tenna T r anscei v ers and Ca bles , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the display assembly . Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Wireless antenna f o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (inc ludes cable and tr ansceiv er) 397925-001
5â5 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 5 T o p C ove r â The top cov er remov al procedures in this section apply to HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. The spare part information listed in the follo wing table applies to HP Pa vilion dv4200, Compaq Presario V4200, and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. T op Co ver Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 mo dels (includes T ouchP ad) 403914-001 F o r use with full-f eatured Co mpaq Presar io V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 397859-001 F o r use with def eatured Comp aq Presar io V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 404083-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx72 20 models (doe s not include T ouchP ad) 403253-001 T ouchP ad board, for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (not illustrated) 391737-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 3 3. Remov e the following: 1 Ele v en Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 2 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws in the optical dri ve bay R emo v ing the T op Co ver S cr e w s, P ar t 1, HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
5â54 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. T urn the computer right side up with the front to ward you. 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the T ouchPad cable is attached and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 3 that secure the top cov er to the base enclosure. R emo v ing the T op Co ver S cr e w s, P ar t 2 , HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â5 5 7. Swing the rear edge of the top cov er up and forward 1 until it rests at an angle. 8. Lift the top cov er up and remove it 2 . R emo v i ng the T op C ov er , HP P av ilion d v 4 200 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the top cover .
5â5 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 6 B a s e E n c l o s u r e â The base enclosure remov al procedures in this section apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. The spare part information listed in the follo w ing table applies to HP Pa vilion dv4200, Compaq Presario V4200, and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) 2. T urn the computer right-side up with the front to ward you. Base Enc losure Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 384629-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 385739-001 Rubber f eet (not illustrated) F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 404369-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 404576-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 7 3. Remov e the following scre ws: 1 One Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre w 2 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 scre ws R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r e w s, P ar t 1, Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Models
5â5 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. 5. Remov e the following scre ws: 1 Nine Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 2 Four Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 6. Disconnect the speaker cable 3 . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r e w s, P ar t 2 , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 9 7. Lift the left and right rear corners 1 of the base enclosure until the rear edge of the base enclosure disengages from the computer . 8. Swing the rear edge of the base enclosure up and forward 2 until it disengages from the computer . 9. Remov e the base enclosure. R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the base enclosure.
5â60 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 7 M o d e m B o a r d â The modem board cannot be remov ed from Compaq Presario V4200and HP Compaq nx7220 models until after the system board has been remov ed. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) f. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) Modem Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information Modem board (high-speed 56kbps) 384623-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â61 2. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the modem board to the system board. 3. Lift the right side of the modem board 2 to disconnect the modem board from the system board. 4. Disconnect the modem cable 3 from the modem board. 5. Remov e the modem board. R emo v ing the Modem Board Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the modem board.
5â6 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 8 Sys t e m B o a r d â When replacing the system board, ensure that the follo w ing components are remov ed from the defectiv e system board and installed on the replacement system board: â Memory module ( Section 5.7 ) â Mini PCI communications module ( Section 5.8 ) â R T C battery ( Section 5.9) â Processor ( Section 5.11 ) â Modem board ( Section 5.17 ) â PC Card assembly ( Section 5.19 ) â Fan assembly ( Section 5.20 ) 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the following components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Heat sink ( Section 5.10 ) System Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 915GML 403894-001 915PM/M25P128 403895-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 915GML 403213-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 3 d. Switch cov er ( Section 5.12 ) e. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) f. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) g. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) h. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. 3. Disconnect the speaker cable from the system board. Disconnecting the S peaker C able
5â64 Maintenance and Servi c e Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 4 through 18 apply to HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. See steps 19 through 25 in this section to remov e the system board on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 4. T urn the computer top side up with the front to ward you. 5. Remov e the following scre ws: 1 Three Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws that secure the system board and shield to the computer 2 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws that secure the system board and shield to the computer 3 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 scre ws that secure the system board, shield, and USB board to the computer 4 One Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre w that secures the USB board to the computer R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Scr e ws , HP P a v ilion d v4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5 â6 5 6. Slide the system board shield forward 1 and to the right 2 until the tabs 3 on the shield disengage from the base enclosure. R eleasing the S y stem Boar d Shield , P art 1, HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
5â6 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Lift up on the left side of the USB board frame 1 . 8. Press do wn on the right side of the system board shield 2 until the shield tab 3 disengages from the standof f on the bottom of the USB board frame. R eleasing the S y stem Boar d Shield , P art 2 , HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 7 9. Slide the system board shield to the left 1 until it clears the USB board frame. 10. Remov e the system board shield 2 . R emo v ing the S y stem Boar d Shield , HP P a v ilion d v4 200 Models System Boar d Shield Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 403915-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384624-001
5â6 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 11 through 18 provide instructions for remo ving the USB board and frame on HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. Refer to Section 5.22, âUSB Board, â for instructions on removing the USB board and frame on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 11. Disconnect the audio 1 , USB 2 , and Bluetooth cables 3 from the system board. Disconnecting the A udio , USB , and Bluetooth Module Cable s, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â6 9 12. Lift the left side of the USB board and frame 1 until it rests at an angle. 13. Slide the USB board and frame to the left 2 and remo ve it. R emo v ing the USB Boar d and F r ame, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models
5â7 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 14. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 round head screws 1 and the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre w 2 that secure the USB board to the frame. R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d Sc r e w s, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â71 15. Lift the left side of the USB board 1 until it rests at an angle. 16. Slide the USB board to the left 2 and remov e it from the frame. R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
5â7 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 17. Use the hard dri ve connector 1 to lift the right side of the system board 2 until it rests at an angle. 18. Slide the system board to the right 3 and remov e it. R emo v ing the S ys tem Boar d, HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 3 â Steps 19 through 25 apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 19. T urn the top cov er right-side up with the front tow ard you. 20. Disconnect the audio 1 , USB 2 , and Bluetooth cables 3 from the system board. Disconn ecting the S y stem Board Cables, C ompaq Presar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
5â7 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 21. Release the ZIF connector to which the T ouchPad cable is attached and disconnect the cable 1 from the system board. 22. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the system board to the top cov er . R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Scr e ws, P art 1, Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 5 23. T urn the top cov er upside down with the front to ward you. 24. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the system board to the top cov er . 25. Use the hard dri ve connector 2 and f an frame 3 to lift the system board straight up and remov e it 4 . R emo v ing the S ys tem Boar d , Compaq Pr esari o V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the system board.
5â7 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 9 PC C a r d A s s e m b l y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cov er ( Section 5.15 ) f. System board ( Section 5.18 ) PC Car d Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information PC Card Assemb ly 403912-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 7 2. T urn the system board upside do wn with the audio jacks, USB ports, and external monitor port to ward you. 3. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the PC Card assembly to the system board. R emo v ing the PC Car d Asse mbly S c r e w s
5â7 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. T urn the system board top-side up with the audio jacks, USB ports, and external monitor port to ward you. 5. Disengage the hooks 1 on the PC Card assembly from the slots on the PC Card connector 2 and remov e the PC Card assembly from the system board. R emo v ing the PC Car d Asse mbly Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the PC Card assembly .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 9 5. 2 0 Fa n A s s e m b l y â The fan assembly is included in the heat sink assembly spare part kit, spare part number 384622-001. Refer to Section 5.10, âHeat Sink, â for information on removing the heat sink.) 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cov er ( Section 5.15 ) f. System board ( Section 5.18 ) 2. T urn the system board upside do wn with the right side to ward you.
5â80 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Disconnect the fan cable 1 from the system board. 4. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 2 that secure the fan assembly to the system board. 5. Remov e the fan assembly 3 . R emo v ing the Fan As sembl y
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â81 6. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the fan to the f an assembly . 7. Remov e the fan 2 . R emo v i ng the F an Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the fan as se mb ly .
5â8 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 2 1 S p e a ke r s 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cov er ( Section 5.15 ) f. System board ( Section 5.18 ) Speakers Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation Speak ers 383466-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â8 3 2. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the left and right speakers to the base enclosure. 3. Remov e the left and right speakers 2 . R emo v i ng the Speak ers Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the speakers.
5â84 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 22 U S B B o a r d â This section applies to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. Refer to steps 11 through 18 in Section 5.18, âSystem Board, â for instructions for removing the USB board and frame on HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) f. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) g. System board ( Section 5.18 ) 2. Position the top cov er with the left side tow ard you. USB Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information USB board (includes frame) 384625-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â8 5 3. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the USB board and frame to the top cov er . 4. Remov e the Phillips PM 2.5Ã7.0 screw 2 that secures the USB board and frame to the top cov er . 5. Lift the rear edge of the USB board and frame 3 until it disengages from the top co ver . 6. Slide the USB board and frame aw ay from you 4 and remo ve it from the top cov er . R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d and F rame , Com paq Pre sar io and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 V4 200 Models
5â8 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the USB board to the frame. 8. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screws 2 that secure the USB board to the frame. 9. Lift the rear edge of the USB board 3 until it disengages from the frame. 10. Slide the frame aw ay 4 and remo ve it. R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the USB board.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â8 7 5 .2 3 Bluetooth Module 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) f. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) g. System board ( Section 5.18 ) h. USB board ( Section 5.22) Bluetooth Module Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv42 00 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 397923-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383459-001
5â88 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM1.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the Bluetooth module to the USB board frame. 3. Remov e the Bluetooth module 2 . R emo v i ng the Bluetooth Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the Bluetooth module.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â1 6 Spec ific ations This chapter provides physical and performance specif ications. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer Dimensions Metric U .S. Height Width Depth 3.35 cm 35.85 cm 25.78 cm 1.32 in 14.13 in 10.16 in W eight Full-f eatured model with 15.4-inch displa y , optical dr iv e and 12-cell batter y pack 2.99 kg 6.48 lbs Input P ower Operating v oltage Operating current 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W 3.5 A T emperature Operating Nonoperating 10°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 50°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F
6â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90% 5% to 95% 10% to 90% 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating (14.7 to 10.1 psia) Nonoperating (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating Nonoperating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random Vibration Operating Nonoperating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min s weep rate 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min s weep rate â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â3 Ta b l e 6 - 2 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT Displa y Dimensions Height Width Diagonal 20.9 cm 33.1 cm 39.1 cm 8.1 in 13.0 in 15.4 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 Brightness 180 nits typical Pixel resolution Pitch Fo r m a t Configuration 0.259 à 0.259 mm 1366 à 768 RGB v er tical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 T otal power consumption 5.5 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, 5 0° v er tical typical
6â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives 100-GB* 80-GB* 80-GB* Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A security 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec A T A security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave r a g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 195,364,233 156,301,488 156,301,488 Disc rotational speed 4200 r pm 5400 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusio ns apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion b ytes when ref erring to hard dr iv e storage capacity . Actual accessible capacity is less . â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly .
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â5 60-GB* 60-GB* 40-GB* Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A security 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec A T A security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave r a g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 117,210,240 117,210,240 78,140,160 Disc rotational speed 5400 r pm 4200 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusio ns apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion b ytes when ref erring to hard dr iv e storage capacity . Actual accessible capacity is less . â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly . Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives (Continued)
6â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 4 Primary 6-cell, Li-Ion Batter y P ack Dimensions Height Width Depth We i g h t 2.00 cm 9.40 cm 13.40 cm 0.34 kg 0.79 in 3.70 in 5.28 in 0.75 lb Energ y V oltage Amp-hour capacity W att-hour capacity 11.1 V 4.4 Ah 48 Wh T emperature Operating Nonoperating 5°C to 45°C 0°C to 60°C 41°F to 113°F 32°F to 140°F
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â7 Ta b l e 6 - 5 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-R OM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18), CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio , CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2), CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2), CD-R, CD-R W , Photo CD (single and multisession), and CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V r ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/ s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/ s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/ s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD r ate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds
6â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 6 DV D ± RW and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-R OM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18), CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2), CD Digital A udio , CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2), CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2), CD-R, CD-R W , Photo CD (single and multisession), CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and DV D - R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â9 Access time CD D VD Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A u dio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD r ate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB /s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB /s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 6 DV D ± RW and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 7 System DMA Hard ware DMA System Function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memor y access controller DMA5* A v ailable f or PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller ca n use DMA 1, 2, or 5.
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â11 Ta b l e 6 - 8 System Interrupts Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-K ey or Microsoft Natura l K eyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Cone x ant A CâLink Audio Intel 82801DB/DBM SMBus Controllerâ24C3 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ6 Diskette driv e IRQ7* P arallel por t IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek R TL8139 F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller
6â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 T ouchP ad IRQ13 Numer ic data processor IRQ14 Pri mar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel *Def ault configuration; audio possible configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. â PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IR Q5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the se rial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. Ta b l e 6 - 8 System Interrupts (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â13 Ta b l e 6 - 9 System I/O Addresses I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller no . 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no . 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset configuration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ configuration f or CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer registers 044 - 05F Unused 060 K eyboard controller 061 P or t B 062 - 063 Unused 064 K eyboard controller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enab le/R TC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 P or t A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no . 2
6â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller no . 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondar y fix ed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Pr imar y fix ed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 Jo ystick (decoded in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 220 - 22F Enter tainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unused 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reser v ed serial por t Ta b l e 6 - 9 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â15 I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 2F0 - 2F7 Unused 2F8 - 2FF Infrared por t 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondar y diskette driv e controller 378 - 37F P arallel por t (LPT1/default) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3AF Unused 3B0 - 3BB V GA 3BC - 3BF Reser v ed (parallel por t/no EPP suppor t) 3C0 - 3DF V GA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Inter nal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Ser ial por t (COM1/default) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration inde x register (PCIDIVO-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIV O-1) Ta b l e 6 - 9 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
6â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-10 System Memory Map Size Memory Address System Function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memor y 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memor y 58 MB 01000000-047FFFFF Super e xtended memor y 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memor y (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF System BIOS
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ1 A Co nnec tor P in As sig nmen ts Ta b l e A - 1 A udio-Out (Headphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 3 Ground 2 Audio out, right channel
Aâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assi gnments Ta b l e A - 2 A udio-In (Microphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 3 Ground 2 Audio signal in Ta b l e A - 3 Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 3 Data 2 D ata â 4 Ground
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ3 Ta b l e A - 4 External Monitor Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 R ed analog 9 5 VDC 2 G reen analog 10 Ground 3 Blue analog 11 Monitor detect 4 N ot connected 12 DDC 2B data 5 G round 13 Hor izontal sync 6 G round analog 14 V er tical sync 7 G round analog 15 DDC 2B clock 8 G round analog
Aâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assi gnments Ta b l e A - 5 RJ-45 (Netw ork) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 T ransmit 5 Unused 2 T ransmit â 6 Receive â 3 R eceiv e 7 Unused 4 U nused 8 Unused
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ5 Ta b l e A - 6 RJ-11 (Modem) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 U nused 4 Unused 2T i p 5U n u s e d 3 R ing 6 Unused
Aâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assi gnments Ta b l e A - 7 S-Video-Out Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 S-VHS color (C) signal 5 TV -CD 2 C omposite video signal 6 S-VHS intensity ground 3 S-VHS intensity (Y) signal 7 Composite video ground 4 S-VHS color ground
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ1 B P o w er Cord Set Req uirements 3-Con duc tor P o w er Cord Set The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line v oltage from 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 volts A C. The po wer cord set included with the computer meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment is purchased. Po wer cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where the computer is used.
Bâ2 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P o wer Cor d Set Requirements Gen eral R equiremen ts The requirements listed belo w are applicable to all countries. â The length of the po wer cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and a maximum of 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All po wer cord sets must be approved b y an acceptable accredited agency responsible for e v aluation in the country where the po wer cord set will be used. â The po wer cord sets must have a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal v oltage rating of 125 or 250 V A C, as required by each countryâ s power system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical conf iguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the ap pliance inlet on the back of the computer .
P o wer C or d Set Requir ements Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ3 Coun tr y-Spec ific Requirements 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements Country/Region Accredited Agenc y Applicab le Note Number A ustralia EANSW 1 Au s t r i a OVE 1 Belgium C EBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMK O 1 Finland FIMK O 1 F rance UTE 1 Ger many VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Jap a n ME T I 3 â NOTES: 1. The fle x ib le cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equivalent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug m ust bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration.
Bâ4 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P o wer Cor d Set Requirements Ko r e a E K 4 The Netherlands KE A 1 Norwa y NEMK O 1 P eopleâ s Republic of China CCC 5 Sweden SEMK O 1 Switzerland SEV 1 T aiwan BSMI 4 United Kingdom BSI 1 United States UL 2 â NOTES: 1. The fle x ib le cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equivalent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug m ust bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype R VV , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor siz e. P ow er cord set fittings (appliance co upler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency resp onsible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 5. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype VC TF , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements (Continued) Country/Region Accredited Agenc y Applicab le Note Number
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ1 C Sc r e w List ing This appendix provides specif ication and reference information for the scre ws and screw locks used in the computer . All screws and scre w locks listed in this appendix are a v ailable in the follo wing Screw Kits: â Computer Scre w Kit, spare part number 382692-001 â Display Scre w Kit for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models, spare part number 403923-001 â Display Scre w Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, spare part number 403924-001
Câ2 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 6 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 1 T wo scre ws that secure the hard dr iv e cov er to the computer (screws are captured on the cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.4 ) 2 Three screws that secure the memo r y module compar tment cover to the computer (screw is captured on th e co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.7 ) 3 One scre w that secures the ther mal cov e r to the computer (s crew is captured on the cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ3 Phillips P M2 . 5Ã4. 0 Sc r ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 4 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard driv e fram e to the hard dr iv e (documented in Section 5.4 ) mm
Câ4 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 1 One scre w that secures the optical dr iv e to the computer (documented in Section 5.6 ) 2 Three screws that secure the s witch cov er on Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.12 ) 3 T wo scre ws that secure the display as semb ly to the computer (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ5 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y assemb ly to the computer (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
Câ6 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the displa y bezel to the displa y assembly (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ7 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 6 scre ws that secure the displa y hinges to the displa y enclosure (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
Câ8 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 11 screws that top co ver to th e HP P avilion dv4200 (documented in Section 5.15 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ9 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the top co ver to t he HP P avilion dv4200 (documented in Section 5.15 ) mm
Câ10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 5Ã7 . 0 Sc r ew L ocation Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: One that secures the base enclosur e to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ11 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 9 screws that secure the base enclos ure to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
Câ12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system bo ard on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ13 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the top cov er on Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the f an assembly to the system board (documented in Section 5.20 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ15 Phillips P M2 .5Ã5 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 8 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y rele ase hooks to the displa y enclosure (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
Câ16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã5 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 8 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the displa y panel to the displa y enclosure (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ17 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã12 . 0 Spr ing-Loaded Sc re w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã12.0 Spring-Loaded Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 12.0 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the heat sink to the computer (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
Câ18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã2 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 6 Blac k Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 4 2.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ19 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã2 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 7 Silver Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 2.0 mm 2.0 mm 7.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the top co ver HP P a vilion dv4200 mode ls (documented in Section 5.15 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ21 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the base enclos ure on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
Câ2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the modem board to the system board (documented in Section 5.17 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 3 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the base enclosure on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the USB board and fr ame to the base enclosure on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) and to the top co ver on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Com paq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 5 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system boar d to the top cov er (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the PC Card asse mbly to the system board (documented in Section 5.19 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 7 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the f an to the f a n assemb ly (documented in Section 5.20 ) mm
Câ2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the speak er to the base enclosure (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 9 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 scre ws that secure the USB board and frame to the computer (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
Câ30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã16 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 9 Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 2 16.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base enclos ure on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) and the system board on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ31 Phillips P M2 . 5Ã8. 0 Sc r ew L ocations T able C-10 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 2 8.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the USB board to the fr ame on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) and Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
Câ3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M1. 5Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations T able C-11 Phillips PM1.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 2 4.0 mm 1.5 mm 3.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the Buc ktooth boar d to the USB board frame (documented in Section 5.23 ) mm
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ1 D Dis pl a y C ompon ent Recy c lin g à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Ca ution sh ould be e x er cis ed whe n r emo v i ng and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . à CA UTION: The pr ocedur es in this appendi x can re sult in damage to displa y components . The only compo nents intended f or r ecyc ling purpo ses ar e the liquid c r y stal dis play (L CD) panel and the backlight . Car eful handling sh ould be e xe r c ised when r emo v ing these compone nts . â Materials Disposal This HP product contains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly and may require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of en vironmental considerations. For disposal or rec ycling information, contact your local authorities or visit the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) at http://www .eiae.org .
Dâ2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling This appendix provides disassembl y instructions for the display assembly . The display assembly must be disassembled to gain access to the backlight 1 and the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel 2. â Disassembly procedures dif fer from one display assembly to another . The procedures pro vided in this appendix are general disassembly instructions. Specif ic details, such as scre w sizes, quantities, and locations, and co mponent shapes and sizes, can v ary from one computer model to another .
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ3 Perform the follo w ing steps to disassemble the display assembly: 1. Remov e all screw co vers 1 and scre ws 2 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . R emo v ing the Displa y Bez el Sc r e w Co ver s and Scr ew s
Dâ4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges 1 and the top and bottom inside edges 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display assembly . 3. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ5 4. Disconnect all display panel cables 1 from the display in verter and remo ve the in verter 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y In ve rter
Dâ6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 5. Remov e all screws 1 that secure the display panel assembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remov e the display panel assembly 2 from the display enclosure. R emo v ing the Displa y P anel As sembl y
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ7 7. T urn the display panel assembly upside do wn. 8. Remov e all screws that secure the display panel frame to the display panel. R emo v ing the Displa y P anel F r ame Scr ew s
Dâ8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape 1 that secures the side of the display panel to the display panel frame. 10. Remov e the display panel frame 2 from the display panel. R emo v i ng the Displa y F r ame
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ9 11. Remov e the screws 1 that secure the backlight co ver to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cov er 2 and swing it forward. 13. Remov e the backlight cover . R emo v i ng the Bac klight C ov er
Dâ10 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 14. T urn the display panel right-side up. 15. Remov e the backlight cables 1 from the clip 2 in the display panel. R eleasing the Bac kligh t Cable s
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ11 16. T urn the display panel upside do wn. 17. Remov e the backlight frame from the display panel. R emo v i ng the Bac klight F r ame
Dâ12 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Ca ution sh ould be e x er cis ed whe n r emo v i ng and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . 18. Slide the backlight out of the backlight frame. R emo v i ng the Bac klight
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ13 19. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the LCD panel. 20. Remov e the screws 2 that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel 3 from the display rear panel. 22. Release the tape 4 that secures the LCD panel to the display rear panel. R eleasing the L CD P anel
Dâ14 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 23. Remov e the LCD panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel 24. Recycle the backlight and LCD panel.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ1 In de x 1394 port 1â13, 1â15 A arrow keys 1â17 audio board cable 3â25 audio troubleshooting 2â23 audio Y cable, spare part number 3â29, 3â30 audio-in jack location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ2 audio-out jack location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ1 B base enclosure removal 5â56 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â34 , 3â35 , 5â56 battery bay 1â24 battery light 1â7 battery pack removal 5â6 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â36 , 3â37 specifications 6â6 battery release latch 1â25 Bluetooth module removal 5â87 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â30 , 3â36 , 5â87 Bluetooth module cable 3â25 bottom components 1â20, 1â24 C cables, service considerations 4â2 caps lock key 1â17 components bottom 1â20, 1â24 front 1â7 keyboard 1â16 left-side 1â12, 1â14 right-side 1â8, 1â10 top 1â18 , 1â22, 1â23 computer feet illustrated 3â23 locations 5â11, 5â12 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â38 , 5â56 Computer Setup Advanced Menu 2â6 File Menu 2â3
Inde xâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x overview 2â1 Security Menu 2â4 Tools Menu 2â5 Computer Setup defaults 2â2 computer specifications 6â1 connector pin assignments audio-in Aâ2 audio-out Aâ1 external monitor Aâ3 RJ-11 Aâ5 RJ-45 Aâ4 S-Video-out Aâ6 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Aâ2 connectors, service considerations 4â2 D design overview 1â26 Digital Media Slot 1â13 Digital Media Slot light 1â13 disassembly sequence chart 5â3 diskette drive OS loading problems 2â21 precautions 4â3 display assembly removal 5â35 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â30 , 3â31 , 5â35 display bezel illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â41, 5â47 display enclosure 3â18, 3â20 display hinge illustrated 3â18 removal 5â43, 5â49 display hinge covers 3â20 Display Hinge Kit components 3â19, 3â21 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 , 3â38 , 5â42 , 5â43 , 5â48 , 5â49 Display Label Kit, spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21, 3â38 display panel illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â44, 5â50 Display Panel Kit components 3â19 spare part number 3â19, 3â21 , 3â38 , 5â44 , 5â50 Display Plastics Kit components 3â19, 3â21 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 , 3â38 , 5â39 , 5â46 display release button 1â7 display release hook illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â42, 5â48 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 3â19, 3â21 display switch 1â19, 1â21 docking device, troubleshooting 2â16 drives, preventing damage 4â3 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â13
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ3 spare part number 3â15, 3â27 , 3â31 , 3â34 , 5â13 specifications 6â7 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â13 spare part number 3â15, 3â27 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â13 specifications 6â8 E electrostatic discharge 4â4, 4â8 expansion port 2 1â12 , 1â14 ExpressCard slot 1â13, 1â15 ExpressCard slot space saver 3â23 external monitor port location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ3 F f1 to f12 keys 1â17 features 1â2 feet illustrated 3â23 locations 5â11, 5â12 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â38 , 5â56 flowcharts, troubleshooting no audio 2â23, 2â24 no network/modem connection 2â28 no OS loading 2â17 no OS loading from diskette drive 2â21 no OS loading from hard drive 2â18, 2â19, 2â20 no OS loading from optical drive 2â22 no power 2â10 , 2â12 , 2â13 no video 2â14, 2â15 nonfunctioning device 2â25 nonfunctioning docking device 2â16 nonfunctioning keyboard 2â26 nonfunctioning pointing device 2â27 fn key 1â17 front components 1â7 G grounding equipment and methods 4â7 H hard drive OS loading problems 2â18 precautions 4â3 removal 5â7 spare part numbers 3â17, 3â27 , 3â31 , 5â7 specifications 6â4 hard drive bay 1â24 hard drive cover illustrated 3â23 removal 5â8 hard drive light 1â7
Inde xâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x headphone jack location 1â9, 1â11 pin assignments Aâ1 headset, spare part number 3â29 , 3â30 heat sink removal 5â21 spare part number 3â9, 3â33 , 5â21 I I/O address specifications 6â13 infrared port 1â7 interrupt specifications 6â11 K keyboard removal 5â30 spare part numbers 3â5, 3â31 , 3â32 , 3â33 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 5â30 troubleshooting 2â26 keyboard components 1â16 keypad keys 1â17 L LED board cable 3â25 left-side components 1â12, 1â14 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â26 media cable, spare part number 3â29 , 3â30 memory map specifications 6â16 memory module removal 5â15 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â37 , 5â15 memory module/Mini PCI compartment cover illustrated 3â23 location 1â25 removal 5â16 Memory Reader 1â15 Memory Reader light 1â15 microphone jack location 1â9, 1â11 pin assignments Aâ2 Mini PCI communications module removal 5â18 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â30 , 3â35 , 3â38 Miscellaneous Cable Kit components 3â24 spare part number 3â24, 3â30 Miscellaneous Doors/Covers Kit components 3â22 spare part number 3â7 , 3â22 , 3â30 , 3â34 modem board removal 5â60 spare part number 3â7 , 3â33 , 5â60 modem cable 3â25
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ5 modem jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ5 modem, troubleshooting 2â28 N network jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ4 network, troubleshooting 2â28 nonfunctioning device, troubleshooting 2â16, 2â25 num lock key 1â17 O optical drive location 1â9, 1â11, 1â25 OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â13 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â27 , 3â31 , 3â34 , 5â13 specifications 6â7 P packing precautions 4â5 PC Card components assembly removal 5â76 spare part number 3â9, 3â37 , 5â76 eject button 1â13, 1â15 slot 1â13, 1â15 slot space saver 3â23 plastic parts 4â2 pointing device, troubleshooting 2â27 power button 1â18, 1â21 power connector 1â12, 1â14 power cord set requirements Bâ2 spare part numbers 3â28, 3â33 power light 1â7, 1â18 power management features 1â6 power supply, spare part number 3â28, 3â31, 3â37 power, troubleshooting 2â10 precautions DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 4â3 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 4â3 hard drive 4â3 optical drive 4â3 processor removal 5â25 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â30 , 3â35 , 3â38 , 5â25 Q Quick Launch buttons 1â19 R removal/replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 right-side components 1â8, 1â10 RJ-11 jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ5
Inde xâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x RJ-45 jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ4 RTC battery removal 5â20 spare part number 3â17, 3â33 , 5â20 S Screw Kit contents Câ1 spare part numbers 3â29, 3â34 , 3â35 , Câ1 screw listing Câ1, Dâ1 security cable slot 1â9, 1â11 serial number 3â1, 5â2 service considerations 4â2 speakers location 1â7 removal 5â82 spare part number 3â9, 3â30 , 5â82 specifications battery pack 6â6 computer 6â1 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 6â7 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 6â8 hard drive 6â4 I/O addresses 6â13 interrupts 6â11 memory map 6â16 optical drive 6â7 system DMA 6â10 static shielding materials 4â8 S-Video-out jack location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ6 switch cover removal 5â27 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â5 , 3â33 , 3â36 , 3â37 , 5â27 system board removal 5â62 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â37 , 5â62 system board shield removal 5â67 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â37 , 3â38 , 5â67 system DMA 6â10 system memory map 6â16 T thermal cover illustrated 3â23 location 1â25 removal 5â22 tools required 4â1 top components 1â18, 1â22, 1â23 top cover removal 5â52 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â36 , 3â37 , 3â38 , 5â52 TouchPad board, spare part number 3â7, 3â35 , 5â52 TouchPad cable, spare part number 3â7, 3â30
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ7 transporting precautions 4â5 troubleshooting audio 2â23 Computer Setup 2â2 docking device 2â16 flowcharts 2â7 keyboard 2â26 modem 2â28 network 2â28 nonfunctioning device 2â16 , 2â25 OS loading 2â17 overview 2â1 pointing device 2â27 power 2â10 video 2â14 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port location 1â9, 1â11, 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ2 USB board removal 5â84 spare part number 3â9, 3â33 , 5â84 USB board cable 3â25 USB digital drive, spare part number 3â27, 3â29, 3â30 USB travel mouse, spare part number 3â29, 3â30 V vent, locations 1â24 video troubleshooting 2â14 volume buttons 1â19, 1â21 volume light 1â21 W Windows applications key 1â17 Windows logo key 1â17 wireless antenna illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â45, 5â51 spare part number 3â19, 3â21 , 3â36 , 5â45 , 5â51 wireless button 1â19, 1â21 wireless light 1â19 workstation precautions 4â6
© Copyright 2005 He wlett-Packard De velopment Compan y , L.P . Microsoft and W indows are U.S. re gistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel, Pentium, and Celeron are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark o wned by its proprietor and used by He wlett-Packard Compan y under licen se. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor . The information contained herein is su bject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompan ying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty . HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Maintenance and S erv ice Gui de HP P a vili on dv4 200 No tebook P C Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 Not ebook P C HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Notebook P C Fi r s t Ed i t i o n O c t o b e r 2 0 05 Document P art Number: 3 99 03 9-00 1
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de iii Cont ent s 1 Product Description 1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â2 1.2 Resetting the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â5 1.3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â6 1.4 External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â7 1.5 Design Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â26 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 Accessing Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Computer Setup Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Selecting from the File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â3 Selecting from the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â4 Selecting from the Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 Selecting from the Advanced Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â6 2.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â7
i v Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 3 Illustrated Parts Catalog 3.1 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 3.2 Computer Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 3.3 Display Assembly Subcomponents: HP Pavilion dv4200 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â18 3.4 Display Assembly Subcomponents: Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â20 3.5 Miscellaneous Doors/Covers Kit Spare Part Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â22 3.6 Miscellaneous Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â24 3.7 Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â26 3.8 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â28 3.9 Sequential Part Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â30 4 Removal and Replacement Preliminaries 4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.2 Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Plastic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Cables and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 4.3 Preventing Damage to Removable Drives . . . . . . . . 4â3 4.4 Preventing Electrostatic Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â4 4.5 Packaging and Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . 4â5 4.6 Workstation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 4.7 Grounding Equipment and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â7
Cont ent s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de v 5 Removal and Replacement Procedures 5.1 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 5.2 Disassembly Sequence Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 5â5 5.4 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â7 5.5 Computer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â11 5.6 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â13 5.7 Memory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â15 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Modul e . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â18 5.9 RTC Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â20 5.10 Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â21 5.11 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â25 5.12 Switch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â27 5.13 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â30 5.14 Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â35 5.15 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â52 5.16 Base Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â56 5.17 Modem Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â60 5.18 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â62 5.19 PC Card Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â76 5.20 Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â79 5.21 Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â82 5.22 USB Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â84 5.23 Bluetooth Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â87
v i Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Con ten ts 6 Specifications A Connector Pin Assignments B Power Cord Set Requirements C Screw Listing D Display Component Recycling Index
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â1 1 Pr oduc t D esc ription The HP Pa vilion dv4200 Notebook PC 1 , Compaq Presario V4200 Notebook PC, and HP Compaq nx7220 Notebook PC 2 of fer advanced modularity , Intel® Pentium® M and Celeron® M processors, an d extensi ve multimedia support. HP P a vili on d v4 200 Notebook PC , Com paq Pr esari o V4 200 Notebook P C, and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Notebook PC
1â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1.1 F e a t u r e s â Intel Pentium M 2.00-, 1.73-, 1.60-, or 1.50-GHz processors, or Intel Celeron M 1.60-, 1.50-, or 1.40-GHz processors, v arying by computer model â 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT (1280 à 800) with BrightV iew display , or 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT (1280 à 800) display , v arying by computer model â 100-, 80-, 60-, or 40-GB high-capacity hard dri ve, v arying by computer model â 256-MB DDR synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) at 333 MHz, expandable to 2.0 GB â Microsoft® W indo ws® XP Home Edition or W indo ws XP Professional, v arying by computer model â Full-size W indo ws ke yboard with embedded numeric keypad â T ouchPad pointing de vice, including dedicated horizontal (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models) and vertical scroll re gions â Integrated 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet local area network (LAN) netw ork interface card (NIC) with RJ-45 jack â Integrated high-speed 56K modem with RJ-11 jack â Integrated wireless support for Mini PCI IEEE 802.11b/g WLAN de vice (select models only) â Support for one T ype I or T ype II PC Card slot, with support for both 32-bit (CardBus) and 16-bit PC Cards â Support for ExpressCard slot â External 65-watt A C adapter with 3-wire po wer cord
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 â 12- or 6-cell Li-Ion battery pack, v a rying b y computer model â Stereo speakers â V olume up, v olume mute, and v olume do wn b uttons â QuickPlay b uttons (select models only) â Support for the follo wing optical driv es: â DV D ± R W and CD-R W Combo Dri ve â D VD/CD-R W Combo Dri ve â Numerous references are made throughout this Maintenance and Service Guide to âfull-featuredâ and âdefeaturedâ models. A model is considered to be full-featured if it has 4 Uni v ersal Serial Bus ports and the follo w ing components: â Digital Media Slot/Memory Reader â Expansion port â ExpressCard slot â IEEE 1394 port â Infrared port â Quick Launch b uttons (HP Pa vilion dv4200 models only) A computer model is considered to be defeatured if it has only 2 Uni v ersal Serial Bus ports and none of the components listed abov e.
1â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription â Connectors: â Audio-in (microphone) â Audio-out (headphone) â Digital Media Slot (full-featured models only) â Expansion port (full-featured models only) â ExpressCard slot (full-featured models only) â External monitor â IEEE 1394 (full-featured models only) â Infrared (full-featured models only) â PC Card â Po wer â Primary battery â RJ-11 (modem) â RJ-45 (network) â S-V ideo-out â Serial port (full-featured models only) â Smart card â Uni versal Serial Bus (USB) v . 2.0 (4 ports on full-featured models, 2 ports on defeatured models)
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â5 1 .2 R eset tin g t he C omp uter If the computer you are servicing has an unkno wn password, follo w these steps to clear the password. These steps also clear CMOS: 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3, âPreparing the Computer for Disassembly , â for more information). 2. Remov e the real-time clock (R TC) battery (refer to Section 5.9, âR TC Battery , â for more information on removing and replacing the R TC battery). 3. W ait approximately 5 minutes. 4. Replace the R T C battery and reassemble the computer . 5. Connect A C po wer to the computer . Do not reinsert an y battery packs at this time. 6. T urn on the computer . All passwords and all CMOS settings ha ve been cleared. â This procedure does not clear a Dri veLock passw ord that has been set.
1â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription 1. 3 P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t The computer comes with po wer management features that extend battery operating time and conserv e power . The computer supports the follo wing po wer management features: â Standby â Hibernation â Setting customization by the user â Hotke ys for setting the le vel of performance â Battery calibration â Lid switch standby/resume â Po wer button â Adv a nced Conf iguration and Po wer Management (A CPM) compliance
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â7 1 .4 Ex ternal C ompon ents The external components on the front of the computer are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-1. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v ary . F ront C omponents Ta b l e 1 - 1 Fr ont Components Item Component Function 1P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standb y . â Off: Computer is off or in hiber nation. 2B a t t e r y l i g h t â On: The batter y pack is charging. â Blinking: The batter y pack has reached a low-battery condition. â Off: The batter y pack is fully charged or not inser ted. 3 Integra ted Dr iv e Electronics (IDE) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard dr iv e or an optical drive is being accessed. 4 Consumer infrared (IR) lens (select models only) Links the computer to an optional remote control. 5 Speakers Produce stereo sound. 6 Displa y release button Opens the computer .
1â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the HP P avilion dv4200 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-2. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v a ry . R ight -Si de Components, HP P av ilion dv4 200
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â9 Ta b l e 1 - 2 Right-Side Components, HP P avilion d v4200 Item Component Function 1 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc, such as a C D o r DV D. 2A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. 3 A udio-in (microphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 4 USB por ts (full-f eatured models only) Connect optional USB de vices. â Number of USB ports vary by model. 5 Monitor por t (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (full-f eatured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . â The purpose of security solutions is to act as a deterrent. These solutions do not prevent the prod uct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the right side of the Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-3. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v ary . R ight -Si de Components, C ompaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â11 Ta b l e 1 - 3 Right-Side Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc, such as a C D o r DV D. 2 A udio-out (headphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. 3 A udio-in (microphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 4 USB por ts (full-f e atured models only) Connect optional USB de vices. â Number of USB ports vary by model. 5 Monitor por t (full-f e atured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 6 S-Video-out jack (full-f e atured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 7 Security cable slot Attaches an op tional security cable to the computer . â The purpose of security solutions is to act as a deterrent. These solutions do not prevent the pr oduct from being mishandled or stolen.
1â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the HP P avilion dv4200 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-4. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v a ry . Le ft -Si de Components , HP P a vilion d v4 200 Ta b l e 1 - 4 Left-Side Components, HP P avilion d v4200 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects the A C adapter cab le. 2 RJ-11 (modem) jack Connects a modem cab le (not included). 3 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable (not included). 4 Expansion por t 2 (full-f e atured models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. â The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 2 describes the type of expansion port. 5 USB por ts Connect optional USB de vices.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â13 6 1394 por t (4-pin; full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , a digital camera, or a digital camcorder . 7 Digital Media Slot (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts the follo wing optional digital cards: SD (Secure Digital) Memor y Card, SD I/O Card, Memor y Stick, Memory Stick Pro , MultiMediaCard, xD-Picture Card, and Smar tMedia. 8 Digital Media Slot light (full-f eatured models only) On: An optional digital card is being accessed. 9 ExpressCard slot (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts an opti onal ExpressCard. 10 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 11 PC Card eject button Ejects PC Cards from the PC Card slot. 12 Monitor por t (full-f e atured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 13 S-Video-out jack (full-f e atured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 14 A udio-in (microphone) jack (full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 15 A udio-out (headphone) jack (def eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. Ta b l e 1 - 4 Left-Side Components, HP P avilion dv 4200 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the left side of the Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-5. Depending on your computer model, component locations may v a ry . Le ft -Si de Components , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Ta b l e 1 - 5 Left-Side Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 P ow er connector Connects the A C adapter cab le. 2 RJ-11 (modem) jack Connects a modem cab le (not included). 3 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable (not included). 4 Expansion por t 2 (full-f e atured models only) Connects the computer to an optional doc king de vice. 5 USB por ts Connect optional USB de vices. â Number of USB ports vary by model.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â15 6 1394 por t (4-pin; full-f eatured models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , a digital camera, or a digital camcorder . 7 Memor y Reader (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts the follo wing optional digital cards: SD (Secure Digital) Memor y Card, SD I/O Card, Memor y Stick, Memory Stick Pro , MultiMediaCard, xD-Picture Card, and Smar tMedia. 8 Memor y Reader light (full-f eatured models only) On: An optional digital card is being accessed. 9 ExpressCard slot (full-f e atured models only) Suppor ts an opti onal ExpressCard. 10 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 11 PC Card eject button Ejects PC Cards from the PC Card slot. 12 Monitor por t (full-f e atured models only) Connects an optional V GA monitor or projector . 13 S-Video-out jack (def eatured models only) Connects the video func tion of an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, or video capture card. 14 A udio-in (microphone) jack (def eatured models only) Connects an optional stereo microphone. 15 A udio-out (headphone) jack (def eatured models only) Connects an optional headphone or pow ered stereo speak ers. Also connects the audio function of an audio/video de vice, such as a tele vision or VCR. Ta b l e 1 - 5 Left-Side Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The standard ke yboard components of the computer are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-6. St andar d K e yboar d Components
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â17 T able 1-6 Standar d Ke yboard Components Item Component Function 1 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks as hotke ys. F or example , pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and tur ns on the caps loc k light. 3 f1 to f12 ke ys (12) P erf or m system and application tasks. When combined with fn , function ke ys perf or m additional tasks as hotk eys . 4 num lock ke y Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light. 5 Embedded numeric ke ypad ke ys (15) Can be used like the ke ys on an external numeric ke ypad. 6 Arrow k eys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7W i n d o w s applications ke y Displa ys a shor tcut menu f o r items beneath the pointer . 8 Windows logo k ey Displa ys the Microsoft Windows Star t menu.
1â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The top components on HP Pa vilion dv4200 models are shown belo w and described in T able 1-7. T op C omponents, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models T able 1-7 T op Components, HP P avilion d v4200 Item Component Function 1P o w e r l i g h t â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standb y . â Off: Computer is off or in hiber nation. 2 P ow er button When the computer is â Off , press to star t the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standby , briefly press to resume from standby . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â19 3 Quick Launch b uttons (select models only) Launch def ault multimedia, digital imaging, or music applications (v ar y by model). 4 V olume mute button Mute s or restores v olume. 5 Wireless light (select models only) On: One or more inter nal wireless de vices hav e been tur ned on. â To establish a wireless connecti on, a wireless network must already be set up. 6 Wireless button (select models only) T ur ns the wireless functionality on or off , but does not create a wireless connection. â To establish a wireless connecti on, a wireless network must already be set up. 7 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 8 V olume up button Increases system v olume. 9 Displa y switch Initiates st andby when the computer is closed. T able 1-7 T op Components, HP Pa vilion dv4200 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ription The top components on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models are sho wn below and described in T able 1-8. T op C omponents, C ompaq Pres ar io V4 200 Models and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â21 T able 1-8 T op Components Compaq Presario V4200 Models and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 Wireless button (select models only) T ur ns the wireless functionality on or off , but does not create a wireless connection. â To establish a wireless connecti on, a wireless network must already be set up. 2 P ow er button When the computer is â Off , press to star t the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate hiber nation. â In standb y , briefly press to resume from standby . â In hiber nation, briefly press to restore from hiber nation. â If the system has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures cannot be used, press and hold for at least 4 seconds to turn off the computer. 3 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 4 V olume mute button V olume mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 5 V olume up button Increases system volume . 6 Displa y switch Initiates st andby when the computer is closed.
1â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The HP Pa vilion dv4200 computer T ouchPad components are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-9. T ouc hP ad Components , HP P a vili on dv4 200 T able 1-9 T ouchP ad Components, HP Pa vilion dv4200 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 2 Left and right T ouchP ad bu tt o n s Function lik e the left and right buttons on an e xter nal mouse. 3 Displa y release button Opens the computer . 4 T ouchP ad ver tical scroll zone Scrolls up or down.
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 3 The Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 computer T ouchPad components are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-10. T ouc hP ad Components , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 T able 1-10 T ouchP ad Components Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 2 T ouchP ad hor izontal scroll zone Scrolls left or right. 3 Left and right T ouchP ad bu tt o n s Function lik e the left and right buttons on an e xter nal mouse. 4 T ouchP ad ver tical scroll zone Scrolls up or down.
1â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription The external components on the bottom of the computer are sho w n belo w and described in T able 1-11. Bottom Components T a ble 1-11 Bottom Components Item Component Function 1 Batter y ba y Holds a batter y pac k. 2 V ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre v ent ov erheating, do not ob str uct v ents. Do not allo w a hard surf ace, such as a pr inte r , or a soft surf ace, such as pillows or thic k r ugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 3 Hard drive ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive .
Pr oduct Desc r iption Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 5 4 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc, such as a C D o r DV D. 5 Labels area Contains the serial number and other inf or mation labels. 6 Batter y pac k release latch Releases a batter y pac k from the batter y ba y . 7 Memor y module cov er Contains 2 memor y module slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memory modules v aries by computer model. Mini PCI compar tment cov er Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice (select models only). Ã T o pre v ent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in your computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in yo ur countr y . If you install an unauthorized de vice and then receive a w ar ning message, remov e the device to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 8 Thermal cov er Provides acce ss to the heat sink and processor . T a ble 1-11 Bottom Components (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ription 1. 5 D e s i g n O v e r v i e w This section presents a design ov erview of k ey parts and features of the computer . Refer to Section , âIllustrated P arts Catalog, â to identify replacement parts, and Section , âRemo v al and Replacement Procedures, â for disassembly steps. The system board provides the follo wing de vice connections: â Audio â Display â Hard dri ve â Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors â K eyboard â Memory module â Mini PCI communications de vices â PC Card â To u c h P a d à CA UTION: T o pr operl y v entilate the compute r , allow at leas t a 7 .6 -cm (3-inc h) clear ance on the left and r ight side s of the comp uter . The computer uses an electric fan for v entilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to be turned on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected by high external temperatures, system po wer consumption, power management/battery conserv ation conf igurations, battery fast char ging, and software applications. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer .
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â1 2 T roubleshooting à W ARNI NG: Only au thori z ed techni ci ans tr ained b y HP should r epair this equipmen t . All tr oubleshooting and r epair procedur es ar e detailed to allo w only subas sembl y-/module -lev el repair . Becaus e of the comple xity of the indi v idual boar ds and subasse mblies , do not at tempt to mak e repair s at the compone nt le v el or modif icati ons to an y printed w ir ing boar d. Im pr oper r epairs can c r eate a safety ha z ard . An y indicati on of component r eplacement or pr inted wir ing board modif icati on may v oid an y w arr ant y or e x change allo wance s. 2. 1 C omp uter Setu p Computer Setup is a preinstalled, R OM-based utility that can be used e ven when the operating system is not working or will not load. If the operating system is working, the computer restarts the operating system after you exit Computer Setup. â Pointing de vices are not supporte d in Computer Setup; you must use the ke yboard to navigate and make selections. The menu tables later in this chapter provide an o vervie w of Computer Setup options.
2â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Acce ssing Compute r Set up The information and settings in Computer Setup are accessed from the File , Security , To o l s , and Advanced menus. 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o view na vigation information, press f1 . â T o return to the Computer Setup menu, press esc . 2. Select the File , Security , T ools , or Advanced menu. 3. T o exit Computer Setup, choose one of the follo wing: â T o exit without sa ving any changes, use the arro w ke ys to select File > Ignor e changes and exit , and then follow the instructions on the screen. â T o exit and sa ve all the settings you ha ve entered, use the arro w keys to select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. Y our preferences are set when you e xit Computer Setup and take ef fect when the computer restarts. Com pu ter Setup Defaults T o return all settings in Computer Setup to the v alues that were set at the factory: 1. Open Computer Setup by turning on or restarting the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, press f2 . â T o view na vigation information, press f1 . 2. Use the arro w keys to select File > Restor e defaults . 3. Select the Restore Defaults check box.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â3 4. T o confirm the restoration, press f10 . 5. Select File > Sa ve changes and exit , and then follo w the instructions on the screen. When the computer restarts, the factory settings are restored, and any identif ication information you hav e entered is sav ed. Selecti ng fr om the F ile Menu Ta b l e 2 - 1 File Menu Select T o Do This System Inf o rmation â Vie w identification inf or mation about the computer and any battery packs in the system. â Vie w specification inf or mation about the processor , memor y and cache size , video re vision, ke yboard controller version, and system ROM. Sav e to flopp y Sa ve system configuration settings to a disk ette. Restore to flopp y Restore system configuration settings from a diskette . Restore def aults Replace configurat ion settings in Computer Setup with f actor y def ault se ttings. (Identification inf or mation is retained.) Ignore changes and e xit Cancel ch anges entered during the current session. Then e xit an d restar t the computer . Sav e changes and e xit Sav e changes entered dur ing the current session. Then e xit and restar t t he computer . The changes you sa ve are in eff ect when the computer restar ts.
2â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Selec ting from the Sec urity Menu Ta b l e 2 - 2 Security Menu Select T o Do This Administrator pass word Enter , change , or delete an HP Administr ator pass word. P ow er-on pass word Enter , change, or delete a po wer-on pass word. P assw ord options â Enable/Disab le str ingent security . â Enable/Disab le required passwo rd on restar t. DriveLoc k pass words Enable/disab le Dr iv eLoc k; change a DriveLoc k user or master pass word. â DriveLock Settings are accessible only when you enter Comput er Setup by turning on (not restarting) the computer. Smar t Card Secur ity Enable/disab le pow er-on suppor t for smar t cards. â This f eature is suppor ted by select smar t card readers only . Embedded Security â Enable/Disab le the embedded secur ity chip . â Restore embedded security chip to factory settings. â Enable/Disab le power-on authentication suppor t. â Enable/Disab le automatic Dr iv eLock. â Reset pow er-on authen tication credential. â Embedded Security settings are accessible only if the computer is equipped with an embedded security chip. De vice security Enable/Disab le devices in the system. Enable NIC f or inclusion in MultiBoot. System IDs Enter user-defin ed identification v alues.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â5 Selec ting fr om t he T ools Menu Ta b l e 2 - 3 To o l s M e n u Select T o Do This HDD Self T est options Run a quic k or comprehensiv e self-test on any hard drive in the system. Batter y Inf or mation Vie w inf or matio n about an y batter y packs in the computer . Memor y Check â Run a self-test on memor y modules in the computer . â Vie w inf or mation about memor y modules installed in the computer .
2â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Selec ting from th e Ad v anced Menu Ta b l e 2 - 4 Adv anced Menu Select T o Do This Language (or press f2 ) Change the Computer Setup language. Boot options â Enable/Disab le MultiBoot, which sets a star tup sequence that can include most bootable de vices and media in the system. â Set the boot order . De vice options â Swap the functions of the fn k ey and left ctrl key . â Enable/Disab le multiple pointing de vices at star tup . (T o set the comp uter to suppor t only a single, usually nonstandard, pointing de vice at star tup , select Disable .) â Enable/Disab le USB legacy suppor t f or a USB ke yboard, mouse, and hu b . When USB legacy suppor t is enabled â A USB ke yboard, mouse, and hub work e v en when a Windows oper ating system is not loaded. â The computer star ts from a bootable hard drive , disk ette drive disk ette, or CD , CD-R W , or D VD inser ted into a drive connected b y a USB connector to the computer or to an optional docking de vice. â Select a parallel por t mode: EPP (Enhanced P arallel P or t), standard, bidirectional, or ECP (Enhanced Capabilities P or t). â Enable/Disab le all settings in the SpeedStep window . (When Disable is selected, the computer runs in Ba tter y Optimized mode.)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â7 2.2 T roub leshooting Flo wc har ts Ta b l e 2 - 5 T r oubleshooting Flo wcharts Over vie w Flowchart Description 2.1 âFlowchar t 2.1âInitial T roub leshootingâ 2.2 âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ow er , P ar t 1â 2.3 âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ow er , P ar t 2â 2.4 âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ow er , P ar t 3â 2.5 âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ow er , P ar t 4â 2.6 âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , P ar t 1â 2.7 âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , P ar t 2â 2.8 âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Do c king De vice (if applicable)â 2.9 âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loadingâ 2.10 âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1â 2.11 âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 2â 2.12 âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 3â 2.13 âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Disk ette Dr iv eâ
2â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flowchart Description 2.14 âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Driveâ 2.15 âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , P ar t 1â 2.16 âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , P ar t 2â 2.17 âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De viceâ 2.18 âFlowchar t 2.18âNonfunctioning K eyboardâ 2.19 âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning P ointing De viceâ 2.20 âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connectionâ Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roubleshooting Flo wchar ts Overview (Continued)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â9 Flo wc har t 2. 1âInitial T roubl eshooting Connecting to network or modem? Begin troubleshooting. Is there power? Is the OS loading? Is there video? (no boot) Is there sound? Beeps, LEDs, or error messages? Keyboard/ pointing device working? Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â All drives working? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N End N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchart 2.18âNonfunc- tioning K eyboardâ or âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunc- tioning P ointing De vice. â Check LED board, speaker connections. Go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.2âNo P o w er , P ar t 1 1. Reseat the power cables in the docking device and at the AC outlet. 2. Ensure the AC power source is active. 3. Ensure that the power strip is working. Done Remove from docking device (if applicable). Po we r up on batter y power? Po we r up on AC power? Power up in docking device? Po we r u p on batter y power? Po we r up in docking device? Done Reset power .* Reset power .* Po we r up on AC power? N Y Y N N Y N N Y Y YN 1. On select models, there is a separate reset button. 2. On select models, the computer can be reset using the standby switch and either the lid switch or the main po wer switch. *NOTES Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â No power (power LED is off).
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â11 Flo wc har t 2.3âNo P o wer , P ar t 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Visually check for debris in batter y socket and cl ean if necessary . Done N Y Po we r on ? Check batter y by recharging it, moving it to another computer , or replacing it. Po we r on ? Done Y Replace power supply (if applicable). N Po we r on ? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â
2â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.4âNo P o w er , P ar t 3 Continued from âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat AC adapter in computer and at po wer sou rce. Internal or external AC adapter? Done Done Done Done Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Po we r on ? Plug directly into AC outlet. Po we r LE D on? Po we r ou tl e t active? T ry different outlet. Replace external AC adapter . Replace power cord. Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N External Internal Go to âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ower , Pa r t 4 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â13 Flowc h ar t 2.5 âN o P o w er , P ar t 4 Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Reseat loose components and boards and replace damaged items. Open computer . Loose or damaged parts? Y Close computer and retest. Po we r on ? Done N Replace the following items (if applicable). Check computer operation after each replacement: 1. Internal DC-DC converter* 2. Internal AC adapter 3. Processor board* 4. System board* *NOTE: Replace these items as a set to prevent shorting out among components.
2â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.6âNo Vid eo, P art 1 A N Stand-alone or docking device? No video. Replace the following one at a time. T est after each replacement. 1. Cable between computer and computer display (if applicable) 2. Display 3. System board Internal or external display*? Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Docking Device Internal Stand-alone External Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Y Press lid swi tc h to ensu re operation. Video OK? Done Y N Video OK? Done Done N Check for bent pins on cable. Tr y another display . Internal and external video OK? Replace system board. YY N N *NOTE: T o change from internal to external display , use the hotkey combination. Y Go to âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , Pa r t 2 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â15 Flo wc har t 2.7âNo Vid eo, P art 2 Y N Continued from âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Done Adjust external monitor display . Video OK? Adjust display brightness. Video OK? Video OK? Done Done Check that computer is properly seated in docking device, for bent pins on cable, and for monitor connection. Go to âA â in âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Check brightness of external monitor . T ry another external monitor . Internal and external video OK? Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â Y Y Y N N N Remove computer from docking device, if connected.
2â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting F lo wcha rt 2 .8 âN on fu nct i o n in g D ock in g De v ic e (i f appl icable) Y N Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. N Check voltage setting on docking device. Reset monitor cable connector at docking device. Reinstall computer into docking device. Docking device operating? Docking device operating? Done Done Y Nonfunctioning docking device. Remove computer , replace docking device. T est replacement docking device with new computer .
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â17 Flo wc har t 2.9âNo Opera ting S ystem (OS) Loadin g No OS loading from hard drive, go to âFlowchart 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P a r t 1. â Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. No OS loading.* *NOTE: Before beginning troubleshooting, always check cable connections, cable ends, and drives for bent or damaged pins. No OS loading from diskette drive, go to âFlowchart 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â No OS loading from optical drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, Optical Drive . â No OS loading from network, go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 0âN o OS Loadin g , Hard Driv e, Pa r t 1 Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Y Done N OS not loading from hard drive. Nonsystem disk message? Go to âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Reseat external hard drive. OS loading? Done Boot from CD? Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Boot from hard drive? Boot from diskette? Change boot priority through the Setup Utility and reboot. Boot from hard drive? Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Check the Setup utility for correct booting order .
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â19 Flowc h ar t 2. 1 1âN o OS L oa di n g , H ard Drive, Pa r t 2 Load OS using Operating System disc (if applicable). Continued from âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 1. â Reseat hard drive. Done Disc or diskette in drive? 1. Replace hard drive. 2. Replace system board. Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Format hard drive and bring to ab o o t a b l e C:\ prompt. Create partition, and then format hard drive to bootable C:\ prompt. Boot from diskette drive? Remove disc or diskette and reboot. Y N Boot from hard drive? Y N Y N Hard drive accessible? Y N Hard drive accessible? Done Run FDISK. Y N Hard drive partitioned? Hard drive formatted? Y N Y N Computer booted? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 3. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 3. â
2â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 2âNo OS Loadin g, H ard Driv e, Pa r t 3 Y System files on hard drive? Continued from âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Clean virus. Done N Install OS and reboot. Virus on hard drive? OS loading from hard drive? Y N Y N Y N Diagnostics on disc or diskette? Replace hard drive. Run diagnostics and follow recommendations. Run SCANDISK and check for bad sectors. Can bad sectors be fixed? Replace hard drive. Y N Y N Fix ba d sectors. Boot from hard drive? Replace hard drive. Done
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â21 Flo wc har t 2. 1 3âNo OS Loadin g , Disk et te Dri v e Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Diskette drive â System board Done Y N Reseat diskette drive. OS not loading from diskette drive. Done Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N OS loading? Nonsystem disk message? Bootable diskette in drive? Install bootable diskette and reboot computer . Check diskette for system files. Tr y d i f f e r e n t diskette. Nonsystem disk error? OS loading? Boot from another device? Enable drive and cold boot computer . Is diskette drive boot order correct? Change boot priority using the Setup Utility . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Diskette drive enabled in the Setup utility? Go to âFlowchart 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
2â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 4âNo OS Load ing , Op tical Driv e Y Done N Bootable disc in drive? Disc in drive? No OS loading from CD-ROM or DVD-ROM drive. Install bootable disc and reboot computer . Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Install bootable disc. Boots from CD or DVD? Boots from CD or DVD? T ry another bootable disc. Booting from another device? Booting order correct? Correct boot order using the Setup Utility . Done Reseat drive. Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 3 Flo wc h art 2. 1 5âNo Au dio, P ar t 1 No audio. N Computer in docking device (if applicable)? Internal audio? Audio? Done Undock Audio? Done T urn up audio internally or externally . Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNonfunctioning De vice. â Y Y Y Y N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.16âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Replace the docking device.
2â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 6âNo Audio, P ar t 2 YN Continued from âFlowchart 2.15âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Reload audio drivers. Audio driver in OS configured? Audio? Y Y Y N N N Correct drivers for application? Connect to external speaker . Load drivers and set configuration in OS. Audio? Done Replace audio board and speaker connections in computer (if applicable). Replace the following components individually , retesting after each replacement: â Internal speakers â Audio board (if applicable)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 5 Flo wc har t 2. 1 7âNonfun c tioning De vice Done Any physical device detected? Y N Unplug the nonfunctioning device from the computer and inspect cables and plugs for bent or broken pins or other damage. Reseat device. Clear CMOS. Done Fix o r replace broken item. Nonfunctioning device. Reattach device. Close computer , plug in power , and reboot. Device boots properly? Go to âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Device boots properly? Replace hard drive. Replace diskette drive. Replace NIC. If integrated NIC, replace system board. Y N Y N
2â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2. 1 8âNonfunc tionin g K e yboar d Y N Keyboard operating properly? Keyboard not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external keyboard. Reseat internal keyboard connector (if applicable). Replace internal keyboard or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Keyboard operating properly?
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 7 Flo wc har t 2. 1 9âN onfunc tioning P ointin g De v ice Y N Pointing device not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external pointing device. Reseat internal pointing device connector (if applicable). Replace internal pointing device or cable. Y N Y N Done Done Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly? Poi n ti ng d ev i ce operating properly?
2â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide T r oubleshooting Flo wc har t 2.20âNo N et w ork/Modem Conn ectio n Y Disconnect all power from the computer and open. No network or modem connection. N Done Digital line? Network or modem jack active? Replace jack or have jack activated. Connect to nondigital line. NIC/modem configured in OS? Reload drivers and reconfigure. Reseat NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace system board. Done N N N N Y Y Y Y Network or modem connection working? Network or modem connection working?
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â1 3 I llus trated P a rts C a talog This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdo wn and a reference for spare part numbers. 3. 1 S erial N umber Location When ordering parts or requesting information, provide the computer serial number and model number located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
3â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.2 Comp uter M ajor Com ponen ts Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components Item Description Spare P a rt Number 1 Display assemb lies (include displa y cable , wireless antenna boards, and antenna cables) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383477-001 383476-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383479-001 383478-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 403251-001 403252-001 â Refer to Section 3.3, âDispla y Assembly Subcomponents: HP P avilion dv4200 Modelsâ and Section 3.4, âDispla y Assembly Subcomponents: Com paq Presario V420 0 and HP Compaq nx7220 Modelsâ for display assembly in ternal component spare part number information. 2 Switch co vers (include LED board and LED board cab le) F or use with HP P avilion dv 4200 models with wireless capability F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models without wireless capability F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models in Europe with wireless capability F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models in Europe without wireless capability 403907-001 403906-001 403909-001 403908-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models with wireless capability F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models without wireless capability 384619-001 403004-001
3â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â5 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 2 Switch co vers (Continued; include LED boa rd and LED board cab le) F or use with HP Compaq nx 7220 models with wireless capability F or use with HP Compaq nx 7220 models with wireless capability 403005-001 403006-001 3 Ke yboards F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models: Belgium Denmark Europe Fr a n c e F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy Ko r e a Norwa y 383495-181 383495-081 383495-021 383495-051 383495-121 383495-041 383495-151 383495-BB1 383495-061 383495-AD1 383495-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand Tu r k e y United Kingdom United States 383495-131 383495-171 383495-071 383495-B71 383495-111 383495-AB1 383495-281 383495-141 383495-031 383495-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models: Denmark Fr a n c e F rench Canada Italy Ko r e a The Netherlands 384635-081 384635-051 384635-121 384635-061 384635-AD1 384635-331 Norwa y Spain Sweden/Finland Thailand United Kingdom United States 384635-091 384635-071 384635-101 384635-AB1 384635-031 384635-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models: J apan 384635-291
3â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â7 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 4 T op covers F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models (includes T ouchP ad) 403914-001 F or use with full-featured Compaq Presario V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) F or use with defeatured Compaq Presario V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 397859-001 404083-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 403253-001 T ouchP ad boar d , f or use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx 7220 models (not illustrated) 391737-001 5 Modem board (high-speed 56K, includes modem cab le) 384623-001 6 T ouchP ad cable 383467-001 Miscellaneous Doors/Co vers Kit F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 383469-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384627-001 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e Includes: PC Card slot space sav er ExpressCard slot space sav er Ther mal cov er Memor y module compar tment cov er Hard drive cov er Computer f e et (not illustrated)
3â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â9 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 8 System board shields F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 403915-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384624-001 9 System boards F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 915GML 915PM/M25P128 403894-001 403895-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 915GML 403213-001 PC Card assemb ly (not illustrated) 403912-001 10a 10b USB board , includes: USB board, USB board cable , and audio board cable USB board frame 384625-001 11 Bluetooth® wireless modules (include Bluetooth module cab le) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 397923-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383459-001 12a 12b Heat sink assembl y , includes: Fa n Heat sink Ther mal paste (not illustrated) 384622-001 13 Speakers 383466-001
3â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â11 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 14 Base enclosures F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 384629-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 385739-001 Rubber feet (not illustrated) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 404369-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 404576-001 15 Processors (include thermal paste) Intel P entium M 2.13-GHz Intel P entium M 2.00-GHz Intel P entium M 1.86-GHz Intel P entium M 1.73-GHz Intel P entium M 1.60-GHz 396700-001 396699-001 393327-001 383474-001 396698-001 Intel Celeron M 1.60-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.50-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.40-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.30-GHz f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 404803-001 383471-001 396697-001 389036-001
3â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â13 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 16 Mini PCI communications modules F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 802.11b/g wireless local access network (WLAN) module, f or use in most of the world 802.11b/g WLAN module, f or use in the rest of the wor ld 403927-001 403298-001 802.11b/g WLAN Broadcomm module, f or use in most of the world 802.11b/g WLAN Broadcomm module, f or use in the rest of the world 396694-001 396695-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 802.11b/g WLAN module, f o r use in Japan 378972-001 and 403214-291 17 Memor y modules F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 256MB 403898-001 403897-001 403896-001 403573-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 383482-001 383481-001 383480-001
3â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Majo r Com ponents , HP P a vili on d v4 200
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â15 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 18 Battery packs F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 403737-001 398752-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 383492-001 383493-001 19 Optical drives F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396704-001 391743-001 383490-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396705-001 391744-001 384631-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models D VD-R OM dr iv e 396707-001
3â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog Com put er Major C omponents, Co mpaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â17 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P a rt Number 20 RTC battery (includes 2-sided tape) 384626-001 21 Hard drives (include frame and connector) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 5400-r pm 80-GB 383487-001 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 383488-001 383486-001 383484-001 383483-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 5400-r pm, 60-GB 383485-001
3â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3 .3 Displa y Asse mbl y Subcom ponents: HP P a vilion dv4 200 Models
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â19 T able 3-2 HP P avilion dv4200 Displa y Assembl y Subcomponent Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description 1a 1b Display Plastics Kit , includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure 403919-001 2 Display P anel Kit (includes displa y panel, displa y inv er ter , and display cab l e) 403918-001 3a 3b Display Hinge Kit , includes: â Displa y hinges (2) â Displa y release hooks (2) 403921-001 4 Wireless antenna (includes cab le and board) 397924-001 Display Label Kit (not illustrated) 403925-001 Display Scre w Kit (not illustrated, includes Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws, Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 scre ws, and rubber screw co vers) 403923-001
3â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P art s Catalog 3 .4 Displa y Asse mbl y Subcom ponents: C ompa q Presario V4 200 and HP C ompa q nx7 2 20 Models
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â21 T able 3-3 Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponent Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number 1a 1b 1c Display Plastics Kit , includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure â Displa y hinge cove rs 403920-001 2 Display P anel Kit (includes the displa y panel, displa y inv er ter , and display cab l e) 403918-001 3a 3b Display Hinge Kit , includes: â Displa y hinges (2) â Displa y release hooks (2) 403922-001 4 Wireless antenna (includes cab le and board) 397925-001 Display Label Kit (not illustrated) 403926-001 Display Scre w Kit (not illustrated, includes Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws, Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 scre ws, and rubber screw co vers) 403924-001
3â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.5 Miscell aneous Doors/Co v ers Kit Spa r e P art I nf or matio n
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 3 T able 3-4 Miscellaneous Doors/Co vers Kit Spare P ar t Information Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 383469-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384627-001 Includes: 1 PC Card slot space sav er 2 E xpressCard slot space sa v er 3 Ther mal cov er (includes one captiv e screw , secured by C-clip) 4a 4b Computer f eet F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models F o r use with Compaq P avilion V4200 models 5 Memor y module/Mini PCI compar tm ent cov er (includes 3 captive screws , secured by C-clips) 6 Hard dr ive co ver (includes 2 capt iv e screws, secured b y C-clips)
3â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.6 Miscell an eous Ca bl e Kit
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 5 Ta b l e 3 - 5 Miscellaneous Cable Kit Spare P ar t Number 383468-001 Item Description Spare P ar t Number Miscellaneous Cable Kit, includes: 383468-001 1 Modem cable 2 A udio board cabl e 3 USB board cable 4 Bluetooth module cable 5 LED board cable
3â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.7 M a s s St or a g e De vi ce s
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 7 Ta b l e 3 - 6 Mass Storage Devices Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P a rt Number 1 Hard drives (include fr ame and connector) F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 5400-r pm, 80-GB 383487-001 4200-r pm, 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 383488-001 383486-001 383484-001 383483-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 5400-r pm, 60-GB 383485-001 2 Optical drives F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396704-001 391743-001 383490-001 F or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La y er Combo Dr iv e D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 396705-001 391744-001 384631-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models D VD-R OM dr iv e 396707-001 USB digital drive (not illustrated) 364727-001
3â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.8 Miscell an eous (Not I llus trated) Ta b l e 3 - 7 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) Spare P ar t Information Description Spare P ar t Number P ower supply , 90 watt, PFC 403901-001 P ower supply , 90 watt, non-PFC 403900-001 P ower supply , 65 watt 383494-001 P ower supply , 65 watt, f or use only with HP Compaq nx7220 models in Japan 403215-291 Po w e r c o r d s Fo r u s e i n : A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 383496-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance , Ger many , Greece, the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 383496-021 Canada, F rench Canada, Latin America, T aiwan, Thailand, and the United States 383496-001 Denmark 383496-081 Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 383496-031 Israel 383496-BB1 Italy 383496-061 Japan 383496-291 K orea 383496-AD1 Switzerland 383496-111 T aiwan 383496-AB1
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 9 Screw Kits (include the f ollowing scre ws; ref e r to Appendix C , âScrew Listing, â f o r more inf or mation on specifications and usage) â Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 scre w â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã12.0 spring-loaded screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screw â Phillips PM1.5Ã4.0 screw F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 384628-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 385741-001 All-in-one media cable II 375759-001 A u dio Y cable 2 379452-001 USB travel mouse 309674-001 USB digital drive 364727-001 Wired headset with v olume control 371693-001 Ta b l e 3 - 7 Miscellaneous (Not Illustrated) Spare P ar t Information (Continued) Description Spare P ar t Number
3â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 3.9 Sequ enti al P a rt N umber Listin g Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing Spare P art Number Description 309674-001 USB trav el mouse 364727-001 USB digital dr iv e 371693-001 Wired headset with volume control 375759-001 All-in-one media cable II 378972-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications module, f or use in the rest of the world fo r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 379452-001 Audio Y cab le 2 383459-001 Bluetooth module for us e with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383466-001 Speakers 383467-001 T ouchP ad cable 383468-001 Miscellaneous Cable Kit 383469-001 Miscellaneous Doors/Cov e rs Kit f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 383471-001 Intel Celeron M 1.50-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 383474-001 Intel P entium M 1.73-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 383476-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT display assemb ly , f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (inc ludes displa y cable, wireless antenna boards, and antenna cab les) 383477-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT disp lay assemb ly with Br ightVie w f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes displa y cable , wireless antenna boards , and antenna cab les) 383478-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT display assemb ly for use with Compaq Presario V4200 models (includes display cab l e, wireless antenna boards , and antenna cab les)
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â31 383479-001 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT disp lay assemb ly with Br ightVie w f or use with Compaq Presario V4 200 models (includes display cable , wireless antenna boards, and antenna cables) 383480-001 256-MB memor y module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383481-001 512-MB memor y module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383482-001 1024-MB memor y module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383483-001 4200-r pm 40-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383484-001 4200-r pm 60-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383485-001 5400 r pm, 80-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383486-001 4200-r pm 80-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383487-001 5400 r pm, 80-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383488-001 4200-r pm 100-GB hard dr iv e (includes frame and connector) 383490-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Dr iv e or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 383492-001 12-cell, 8.8-Amp hour ba tter y pack f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383493-001 6-cell, 4.4-Amp hour batt er y pack f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383494-001 65-watt pow er supply 383495-001 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in the United States 383495-021 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 383495-031 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in the United Kingdom 383495-041 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Germany 383495-051 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 m odels in F r ance 383495-061 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Italy 383495-071 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 m odels in Spain 383495-081 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 mode ls in Denmark 383495-091 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Norw ay 383495-111 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Switzerland 383495-121 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in F rench Canada 383495-131 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in P or tugal 383495-141 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Saudi Arabia 383495-151 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Greece 383495-171 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Saudi Arabia 383495-181 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Belgium 383495-281 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Thailand 383495-291 K eyboard f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models in J apan 383495-AB1 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in T aiw an 383495-AD1 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in K orea 383495-B71 K eyboard f or use with HP P a vilion dv4200 models in Sweden/Finland Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 3 383495-BB1 K eyboard f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Israel 383496-001 P ower cord f or use in Can ada, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiwan, Thailand, and the United States 383496-011 P ower cord f or use in Austr alia and New Zealand 383496-021 P ower cord f or use in Be lgium, Europe, Finland, F rance , Ger many , Greece, the Netherlands, Norw ay , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 383496-031 P ower cord f or use in Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 383496-061 P ower cord f or use in Italy 383496-081 P ower cord f or use in Denmar k 383496-111 P ower cord f or use in Switzerland 383496-111 P ower cord f or use in Switzerland 383496-291 P ower cord f or use in Japan 383496-AD1 P ow er cord f or use in K orea 383496-BB1 P ow er cord f or use in Israel 384619-001 Switch cov er f o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models (includes LED board and LED board cab le) 384622-001 Heat sink assembly (includes f an, heat sink, and ther mal paste) 384623-001 Modem board (high-spee d 56K, includes modem cable) 384624-001 System board shield for us e with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384625-001 USB board (includes USB board, USB board frame, USB board cab le, and audio board cab le) 384626-001 RTC battery (i ncludes 2-sided tape) Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 384627-001 Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kit f o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 384628-001 Screw Kit f or use with fu ll-featured HP P a vilion dv4200 models 384629-001 Base enclosure for use with full-f eatured HP P avilion dv4200 models 384631-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 384635-001 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in the United States 384635-031 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in the United Kingdom 384635-051 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Fr a n c e 384635-061 K eyboard f or use with Comp aq Presario V4200 models in Italy 384635-071 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Spain 384635-081 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Denmark 384635-091 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Norwa y 384635-101 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Sweden and Finland 384635-121 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in F rench Canada 384635-281 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in Thailand Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 5 384635-331 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models in the Netherlands 384635-AD1 K eyboard f or use with Co mpaq Presar io V4200 models in Ko r e a 385739-001 Base enclosure for use wi th Compaq Presario V4200 models 385741-001 Screw Kit f or use with fu ll-featured Compaq Presario V4200 models 389036-001 Intel Celeron M 1.3-GHz pr ocessor for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 391737-001 T ouchP ad board, for use wi th Compaq Presario V4200 models 391743-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Combo Driv e (double-la yer writing capability), f or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models 391744-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Combo Driv e (double-la yer writing capability), f or use with Co mpaq Presar io V4200 models 393327-001 Intel P entium M 1.86-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396694-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications Broadcomm module, f or use in most of the world 396695-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications Broadcomm module, f or use in the rest of the world 396697-001 Intel Celeron M 1.40-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396698-001 Intel P entium M 1.60-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396699-001 Intel P entium M 2.00-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396700-001 Intel P entium M 2.13-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) 396704-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Do ub le Lay er Combo Dr iv e with LightScribe for use with HP P a vilion dv4200 models Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 396705-001 D VD±R W and CD-RW Do ub le Lay er Combo Dr iv e with LightScribe for use with Co mpaq Presario V4200 models 396707-001 D VD-R OM drive f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 397859-001 T op cov er for use with fu ll-f eatured Compaq Presar io V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 397923-001 Bluetooth module (i ncludes Bluetooth module cable) 397924-001 Wireless antenna for use with HP P a vilio n dv4200 models (includes cab le and transceiv er) 397925-001 Wireless antenna for use wi th Compaq Presario V4200 models (includes cab le and transceiv er) 398752-001 Batter y pack (6-cel l, 4.4-Amp hour capacity) 403004-001 Switch cov er f o r use wi th Compaq V4200 models without wireless capability 403005-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models with wireless capability 403006-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP Compaq nx72 20 models without wireless capability 403213-001 915GML system board fo r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 403214-001 802.11b/g WLAN module for use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 403215-291 65-watt pow er supply f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 403251-001 15.4-inch WXGA display panel f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models (includes wirele ss antenna transceiv ers and cables) Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Illustr ated P arts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 7 403252-001 15.4-inch WXGA display pane l with BrightView f or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models (includes wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables) 403253-001 T op cov er for use with full-f eatured HP Compaq nx7220 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 403573-001 256-MB memor y module 403737-001 Batter y pack (12-ce ll, 8.8-Amp hour capacity) 403894-001 System board, 915GML 403895-001 System board, 915PM/M25P128 403896-001 256-MB memor y module, 1DM 403897-001 512-MB memor y module, 1DM 403898-001 1024-MB memor y module, 1DM 403900-001 90-watt pow er supply , non-PFC 403901-001 90-watt pow er supply , PFC 403906-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models without wireless capability 403907-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models with wireless capability 403908-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe without wireless capability 403909-001 Switch cov er f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe with wireless capability 403912-001 PC Card assembly 403914-001 T op cov er for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes T ouchP ad) 403915-001 System board shield for us e with HP P a vilion dv4200 models Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
3â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P art s Catalog 403917-001 System board shield for us e with HP P a vilion dv4200 models 403918-001 Display P anel Kit (includes displa y inv er ter and display cab le) 403919-001 Display Plastics Kit f or us e with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes displa y bezel and displa y enclosure) 403920-001 Display Plastics Kit f or use with Compaq Presar io V4200 models (includes displa y bezel, displa y enclosure, and displa y hinge covers) 403921-001 Display Hinge Kit f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes displa y hinges and displa y release hooks) 403922-001 Display Hinge Kit f or use wi th Compaq Presar io V4200 models (includes displa y hinges and displa y release hook) 403925-001 Display Label Kit f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 403926-001 Display Label Kit f or use with Compaq Pres ario V4200 models 403927-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications module, f or use in most of the world 403298-001 802.11b/g WLAN Mini PCI communications module, f or use in the rest of the world 404083-001 T op cov er for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes T ouchP ad) 404369-001 Rubber fe et f or use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 404576-001 Rubber fe et f or use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 404803-001 Intel Celeron M 1.60-GHz processor (includes ther mal paste) Ta b l e 3 - 8 Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued) Spare P art Number Description
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â1 4 Remo v al and Repl acem ent Preliminaries This chapter provides essential information for proper and safe remov al and replacement service. 4. 1 T ools Required Y ou will need the follo wing tools to complete the remov al and replacement procedures: â Magnetic scre wdri ver â Phillips P0 scre wdri ver â Flat-bladed scre wdriv er â T ool kitâincludes connector remo v al tool, loopback plugs, and case utility tool
4â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.2 Ser vice C onsidera tions The follo wing sections include some of the considerations that you should keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. â As you remov e each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompanying scre ws) aw ay from the work area to pre vent damage. Pl a s t i c Pa r t s Using excessi ve force during disassembly and reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. Ca bl es and C onnec tors à CA UTION: When servic ing the c omputer , ensu r e t hat cables are placed in their pr oper locatio ns during the r easse mbly pr ocess . Impr oper cable placement can damage the com puter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to a void damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during remov al and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whene ver possible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Ensure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged b y parts being remov ed or replaced. Handle flex cables w ith e xtreme care; these cables tear easily .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â3 4. 3 Pr e v e nti ng Da mage to R emo v able Dr iv es Remov able dri ves are fragile components that must be handled with care. T o pre vent damage to the computer , damage to a remov able dri ve, or loss of information, observ e the following precautions: â Before removing or inserting a hard dri ve, shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. â Before removing a disk ette driv e or optical driv e, ensure that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and ensure that the optical dri ve tray is closed. â Before handling a dri ve, ensure that you are dischar ged of static electricity . While handling a driv e, a v oid touching the connector . â Handle dri ves on surfaces co vered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. â A void dropping dri ves from an y height onto any surface. â After removing a hard dri ve, an optical dri ve, or a diskette dri ve, place it in a static-proof bag. â A void e xposing a hard driv e to products that have magnetic f ields, such as monitors or speakers. â A void e xposing a driv e to temperature extremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed, place the dri ve in a b ubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protecti ve packaging and label the package âFRA GILE: Handle W ith Care. â
4â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.4 Pr e v enting El ec trostati c Dam ag e Many electronic components are sensiti ve to electrostatic dischar ge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensiti vity . Networks b uilt into many inte grated circuits provide some protection, b ut in many cases, the dischar ge contains enough po wer to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A sudden dischar ge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensiti ve de vices or microcircuitry . Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, b ut damage occurs. An electronic de vice exposed to electrostatic dischar ge may not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the de vice may function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life e xpectancy .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â5 4.5 P a c k agin g and T ranspor tin g Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions when packaging and transporting equipment: â T o a v oid hand contact, transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect all electrostatic-sensiti ve parts and assemblies with conducti ve or approv ed containers or packaging. â K eep electrostatic-sensitiv e parts in their containers until the parts arri ve at static-free w orkstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before remo ving items from their containers. â Alw ays be properly grounded when touching a sensiti ve component or assembly . â Store reusable electrostatic-sensiti ve parts from assemblies in protecti ve packaging or nonconducti ve foam. â Use transporters and con ve yors made of antistatic belts and roller b ushings. Ensure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to a v oid static charging. When grounding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges.
4â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.6 W orksta tion Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions at workstations: â Cov er the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material (refer to T able 4-2, âStatic-Shielding Materialsâ ). â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conducti v e field service tools such as cutters, scre wdriv ers, and v acuums. â When f ixtures must directly contact dissipati ve surf aces, use f ixtures made only of static-safe materials. â K eep the work area free of nonconductiv e materials such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle electrostatic-sensiti ve components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â A void contact with pins, leads, or circuitry . â T urn of f po wer and input signals before inserting or removing connectors or test equipment.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminari es Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â7 4.7 Groundin g E quip ment an d Methods Grounding equipment must include either a wrist strap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. T o provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conducti ve floors or dissipati ve floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. T o be ef fectiv e, the conducti ve strips must be worn in contact with the skin. Other grounding equipment recommended for use in pre v enting electrostatic damage includes: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and slee ve protectors â Conducti ve bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconducti ve foam â Conducti ve tabletop w orkstations with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipati ve tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static aw areness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconducti ve plastic bags, tubes, or box es â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic v oltage le vels and protecti ve materials
4â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es T able 4-1 shows ho w humidity affects the electrostatic v oltage le vels generated by dif ferent acti vities. T able 4-2 lists the shielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Ta b l e 4 - 1 T ypical Electr ostatic V oltage Levels Relative Humidity Event 10% 40% 55% W alking across car pet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V W alking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vin yl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrof oam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing b ubble pac k from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7 ,000 V P acking PCBs in f oam-lined bo x 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V â A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Ta b l e 4 - 2 Static-Shielding Materials Material Use V oltage Protection Le vel Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic F loor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â1 5 Remo v al and Repl acem ent Pr ocedure s This chapter provides remo val and replacement procedures. There are as many as 89 scre ws and scre w locks, in 11 dif ferent sizes, that may ha ve to be remo ved, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer . Mak e special note of each scre w and scre w lock size and location during remov al and replacement. Refer to Appendix C, âScre w Listing. â for detailed information on scre w and screw lock sizes, locations, and usage.
5â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 . 1 Seri al Number Report the computer serial number to HP when requesting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Numb er L ocation
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 .2 Disasse mbl y Sequence C hart Use the chart belo w to determine the section number to be referenced when removing computer components. Disassembl y Sequence Char t Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassemb ly Batter y pack 0 5.4 Hard Drive 2 loosened to remov e the hard drive co ver 4 to remov e the hard drive frame 5.5 Computer F eet 0 5.6 Optical Drive 1 5.7 Memor y Module 3 loosened to remov e the memor y module/Mini PCI compar tment cov er 5.8 Mini PCI Communications Module 0 Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the display of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f o r use in y our computer by the go v er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If y ou install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 5.9 RT C B a t t e r y 0 5.10 Heat Sink 1 loosened to remov e the ther mal cov er 4 remov ed to remov e the heat sink
5â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.11 Processor 1 loosened 512 Switch Cov er 3 on Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 5.13 Key b o a r d 4 5.14 Displa y Assemb ly Displa y bezel Displa y release hook Displa y hinges Displa y panel Wireless antenna transceiv er and cable 6 6 2 6 6 0 5.15 To p C o v e r (HP P avilion dv4200 models) 16 5.16 Base Enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models) 16 5.17 Modem Board 2 5.18 System Board 8 on HP P avilion dv4200 models 4 on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 5.19 PC Card Assembly 2 5.20 F an Assemb ly 7 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued)
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 5 .3 Preparing t he C om puter for Di sassem bl y Before you begin an y remov al or installation procedures: 1. Shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external de vices connected to the computer . 3. Disconnect the po wer cord. 5.21 Speakers 3 5.22 USB Board HP P avilion dv4200 models: 3 remov ed in Section 5.18; Compaq V4200 models: 4 to remov e the USB board frame; 4 to remov e the USB board 5.23 Bluetooth Module 2 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued) Battery P ack Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 403737-001 398752-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 383492-001 383493-001
5â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. Remov e the battery pack by follo wing these steps: a. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. b . Slide and hold the battery release latch 1 to the left. (The front edge of the battery pack disengages from the computer .) c. Lift the front edge of the battery pack up and swing it aw ay from you 2 . d. Remov e the battery pack. R emo v i ng the Battery P ac k Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the battery pack.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 5 .4 Hard Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Har d Drive Spare P ar t Number Information F or use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 5400 r pm, 80-GB 383487-001 4200 r pm, 100-GB 383488-001 4200 r pm, 80-GB 383486-001 4200 r pm, 60-GB 383484-001 4200 r pm, 40-GB 383483-001 F or use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 5400-r pm, 60-GB 383485-001
5â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Loosen the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the hard dri ve co ver to the computer . 3. Lift the right side of the cov er up and swing it to the left 2 . 4. Remov e the hard driv e cov er . â The hard dri ve co ver is included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). R emo v ing the H ar d Dr i ve C o v er
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â9 5. Use the tab 1 on the right side of the hard dri ve to pull the hard dri ve to the left 2 until it disconnects from the computer . 6. Lift the hard dri ve straight up 3 and remo ve it from the hard dri ve bay . R emo v ing the H ar d Dr i ve
5â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the hard dri ve frame to the hard dri ve. 8. Slide the frame forward 2 to remo v e if from the hard dri ve. R emo v ing the H ar d Dr i ve F rame Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the hard dri ve.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â11 5. 5 C o m p u t e r Fe e t The computer feet are adhesi ve-backed rubber pads. The feet are included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). Rubber feet can also be ordered using spare part numbers 404369-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and 404576-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). R eplac ing the Comput er F eet, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models
5â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es R eplac ing the Comput er F eet, C ompaq Pr esari o V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â13 5 .6 Optical Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the hard driv e cov er ( Section 5.4 ). Optical Drive Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e with LightScribe 396704-001 D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e 391743-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 383940-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e with LightScribe 396705-001 D VD±R W and CD-R W Double La yer Combo Driv e 391744-001 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive 384631-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models D VD-R OM dr iv e 396707-001
5â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Remov e the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 1 that secures the optical dri ve to the computer . 4. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip, into the media tray release hole 2 . (The optical dri ve media tray releases from the optical dri ve.) 5. Use the media tray frame to slide the optical dri ve to the left 3. 6. Remov e the optical driv e. R emo v i ng the Optical Dr i ve Re verse the abo ve procedure to install the optical dri ve.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â15 5. 7 M e m o r y M o d u l e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3 ). Memory Module Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 256MB 403898-001 403897-001 403896-001 403573-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 1024 MB, 1DM 512 MB, 1DM 256 MB, 1DM 383482-001 383481-001 383480-001
5â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Loosen the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the left edge of the cov er up and swing it to the right 2 . 4. Remov e the memory module compartment cover . â The memory module compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pavilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). R emo v ing the Memory Module C ompartment Co ver
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â17 5. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module socket to release the memory module. (The side of the module opposite the socket rises a way from the computer .) 6. Slide the module aw ay from the socket at an angle 2 . 7. Remov e the memory module. â Memory modules are designed with a notch 3 to pre vent incorrect installation into the memory module socket. R emo v ing the Memory Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a memory module.
5â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5 .8 M ini P CI Comm unica tions Module 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the memory module compartment cover ( Section 5.8 ). â Make note of which antenna cable is attached to which antenna clip on the Mini PCI communications module before disconnecting the cables. Mini PCI Comm unications Module Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in most of the world 403927-001 802.11b/g WLAN module f or use in the rest of the world 403298-001 802.11b/g WLAN Broadcomm module f or use in most of the wor l d 396694-001 802.11b/g WLAN Broadco mm module f or use in the rest of the wor l d 396695-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 802.11b/g WLAN module, f or use Japan 378972-001 and 403214-291
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â19 3. Disconnect the auxiliary and main antenna cables 1 from the Mini PCI communications module. 4. Spread the retaining tabs 2 on each side of the Mini PCI socket to release the Mini PCI communications module. (The edge of the module opposite the socket rises a way from the computer .) 5. Remov e the Mini PCI communications module by pulling the module aw ay from the socket at a 45-de gree angle 3 . â Mini PCI communications modules are designed with a notch 4 to pre vent incorrect installation. R emo v ing a Mini PCI C ommunicati ons Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a Mini PCI communications module.
5â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 9 R TC B a t t e r y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the Mini PCI communications module ( Section 5.8 ). 3. Disconnect the R T C battery cable 1 from the system board. 4. Remov e the R TC battery 2 from the system board. (The R TC battery is attached to the system board with two-sided tape.) R emo v i ng the R T C Batter y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the R TC battery . R TC Battery Spare Part Number Information R TC batter y (includes 2-sided tape) 384626-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â21 5 . 1 0 Hea t Sink 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Heat Sink Spare P ar t Number Information Heat sink (includes f an and ther mal paste) 384622-001
5â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw 1 that secures the thermal cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the left edge of the cov er up and swing it to the right 2 . â The thermal cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Doors/Cov ers Kits, spare part number 383469-001 (for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models) and spare part number 384627-001 (for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models). 4. Remov e the thermal cover . R emo v ing the Ther mal Co ve r
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 3 â The follo wing screws should be remo ved and installed in the 1, 2, 3, 4 sequence stamped on the heat sink. 5. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã12.0 spring-loaded shoulder scre ws 1 that secure the heat sink to the computer . â Due to the adhesi v e quality of the thermal paste located between the heat sink and processor , it may be necessary to mov e the heat sink from side to side to detach the heat sink from the processor . 6. Remov e the heat sink 2 . R emo v i ng the Heat Sink
5â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â The thermal paste should be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the heat sink 1 and processor 2 each time the heat sink is remov ed. Thermal paste is included with all heat sink and processor spare part kits. Ther mal P aste L ocations Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the heat sink.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 5 5. 1 1 P r o c e s s o r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the heat sink ( Section 5.10 ). Pr ocessor Spare P ar t Number Information Intel P entium M 2.13-GHz Intel P entium M 2.00-GHz Intel P entium M 1.86-GHz Intel P entium M 1.73-GHz Intel P entium M 1.60-GHz 396700-001 396699-001 393327-001 383474-001 396698-001 Intel Celeron M 1.60-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.50-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.40-GHz Intel Celeron M 1.30-GHz f o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 404803-001 383471-001 396697-001 389036-001
5â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Use a flat-blade scre wdriv e r to turn the processor locking scre w one-quarter turn counterclockwise 1 until you hear ac l i c k . 4. Lift the processor straight up and remov e it 2 . â The gold triangle 3 on the processor should be aligned in the rear right corner when you install the processor. R emo v ing the Pr ocess or Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the processor .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 7 5. 1 2 Sw i t c h C ove r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Switch Co ver Spare Pa r t Number Inf ormation F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 mo dels with wireless capability 403907-001 F o r use with HP P avilion dv 4200 models without wireless capability 403906-001 F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models in Europe with wireless capability 403909-001 F o r use with HP P avilion dv42 00 models in Europe without wireless capability 403908-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models with wireless capability 384619-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models without wireless capability 403004-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx 7220 models with wireless capability 403006-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx72 20 models without wireless capability 403006-001
5â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 2 and 3 apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the rear panel to ward you. 3. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that secure the switch cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the S w itc h Co ver Sc re ws , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 9 4. T urn the computer right-side up with the front to ward you. 5. Open the computer as far as possible. 6. Press and hold do wn the insert key 1 . 7. Insert a flat blade tool into the notch in the switch cov er behind the insert ke y and lift the switch cov er 2 . 8. Disengage the center 3 and left side 4 of the switch co ver from the computer . 9. Rest the switch cov er on the computer . R eleasing the S w itch C ov er
5â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 3 K eyb o a r d Ke yboard Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models: Belgium Denmark Europe F rance F rench Canada Ger many Greece Italy Ko r e a The Netherlands Norwa y 383495-181 383495-081 383495-021 383495-051 383495-121 383495-041 383495-151 383495-061 383495-ad1 383495-331 383495-091 P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand Tu r k e y United Kingdom United States 383495-131 383495-171 383495-071 383495-b71 383495-111 383495-ab1 383495-281 383495-141 383495-031 383495-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario dv4200 models: Denmark F rance F rench Canada Italy Ko r e a The Netherlands 384635-081 384635-051 384635-121 384635-061 384635-AD1 384635-331 Norwa y Spain Sweden/Finland Thailand United Kingdom United States 384635-091 384635-071 384635-101 384635-AB1 384635-031 384635-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models: Ja pan 384635-291
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â31 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Release the switch cov er ( Section 5.12 ). 3. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 screws that secure the ke yboard to the computer . R emo v i ng the K e yboar d Scr e ws
5â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. Lift the rear edge of the ke yboard and swing it forward until it rests on the palm rest. Re le a s i n g th e Keybo a rd
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 3 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the keyboard. Disconnecting the K e yboar d Cable
5â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Disconnect the LED board cable 1 from the system board. 8. Remov e the switch cov er 2 . R emo v ing the Sw itc h Co v er Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the keyboard and switch cov er .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 5 . 1 4 D ispla y Asse mbl y â All display assembly spare part kits include a display cable, wireless antenna transcei v ers, and wireless antenna cables. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the switch cov er ( Section 5.12 ). 3. Remov e the keyboard ( Section 5.13 ). 4. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI communications module 1 . 5. Remov e the cables from the clip 2 in the base enclosure. 6. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 3 that secure the display assembly to the computer . Displa y Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383477-001 383476-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 383479-001 383478-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT with BrightView 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT 403251-001 403252-001
5â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es R emo v i ng the Displa y Scr ew s
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 7 7. T urn the computer right-side up with the front to ward you. 8. Open the display as far as possible. 9. Remov e the wireless antenna cables 1 from the clips in the top cov er . 10. Disconnect the display cable from the system board 2 . R emo v i ng the W i r eless An tenna Ca bles
5â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es à CA UTION: Support the display a ssembl y when r emov ing the follo wing sc r e ws . F ailur e to support the display a ssembl y can result in damage t o the displa y asse mbly and other com puter components . 11. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 12. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Assembl y
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 9 â Steps 14 through 25 apply to HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. See steps 26 through 38 in this section to disassemble the display assembly on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Plastics Kit for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models , includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure 403919-001
5â40 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 13. Remov e the 6 rubber screw co vers 1 and 2 and six PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 3 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . â The rubber scre w cov ers are included in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 403923-001. The four taller scre w covers 1 should be installed in the scre w holes on the top edge of the bezel. R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el Sc re ws , HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â41 14. Flex the inside edges of the left and right sides 1 of the display bezel and the inside edges of the top and bottom sides 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display assembly . 15. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el , HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
5â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 16. Remov e the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure each display release hook to the display enclosure. 17. Remov e the display release hooks 2 . R emo v ing the Display R elease Hooks, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models , includes: â Displa y release hooks â Displa y hinges 403921-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â43 18. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure each display hinge to the display enclosure. 19. Remov e the display hinges 2 . R emo v ing the Display H inges, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with HP P avilion dv4200 models , includes: â Displa y hinges â Displa y release hooks 403921-001
5â44 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 20. Remov e the 6 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. 21. Remov e the display panel 2 . R emo v i ng the Displa y P anel , HP P a vili on d v4 200 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Panel Kit (includes displa y inv er ter and display cable) 403918-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 5 22. Release the retention tabs 1 b uilt in to the display enclosure shield that secure the wireless antenna cables to the display enclosure. 23. Detach the wireless antenna transcei v ers 2 from the display enclosure. 24. Remov e the wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables 3 . R emo v i ng the W ir eless Ant enna T r anscei ver s and Cable s, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models â Steps 26 through 38 apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Wireless antenna f o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models (includes cable and tr ansceiv er) 397924-001
5â46 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 25. Remov e the 6 rubber screw co vers 1 and 2 and six PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 3 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . â The rubber scre w cov ers are included in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 403924-001. The four taller scre w covers 1 should be installed in the scre w holes on the top edge of the bezel. R emo v ing the Displa y Bez el Scr e w s, C ompaq Pr esario V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Plastics Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, includes: â Displa y bezel â Displa y enclosure â Displa y hinge covers) 403920-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 7 26. Flex the inside edges of the left and right sides 1 of the display bezel and the inside edges of the top and bottom sides 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display assembly . 27. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
5â4 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 28. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display release hook to the display enclosure. 29. Remov e the display release hook 2 . R emo v ing the Display R elease Hook , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, includes: â Displa y release hook â Displa y hinges â Displa y hinge covers 403921-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 9 30. Remov e the display hinge cov ers 1 . 31. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 2 that secure each display hinge to the display enclosure. 32. Remov e the display hinges 3 . R emo v ing the Display H inges, C ompaq Pre sar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Hinge Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, includes: â Displa y hinge covers â Displa y hinges â Displa y release hook 403921-001
5â5 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 33. Remov e the 6 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. 34. Remov e the display panel 2 . R emo v i ng the Displa y P anel , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Displa y Panel Kit (includes displa y inv er ter and display cable) 403918-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â51 35. Release the retention tabs 1 b uilt in to the display enclosure shield that secure the wireless antenna cables to the display enclosure. 36. Detach the wireless antenna transcei v ers 2 from the display enclosure. 37. Remov e the wireless antenna transceiv ers and cables 3 . R emo v ing the Wir eless An tenna T r anscei v ers and Ca bles , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP C ompaq nx7 2 20 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the display assembly . Displa y Assembl y Subcomponents Spare P ar t Number Information Wireless antenna f o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (inc ludes cable and tr ansceiv er) 397925-001
5â5 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 5 T o p C ove r â The top cov er remov al procedures in this section apply to HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. The spare part information listed in the follo wing table applies to HP Pa vilion dv4200, Compaq Presario V4200, and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. T op Co ver Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 mo dels (includes T ouchP ad) 403914-001 F o r use with full-f eatured Co mpaq Presar io V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 397859-001 F o r use with def eatured Comp aq Presar io V4200 models (does not include T ouchP ad) 404083-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx72 20 models (doe s not include T ouchP ad) 403253-001 T ouchP ad board, for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (not illustrated) 391737-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 3 3. Remov e the following: 1 Ele v en Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 2 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws in the optical dri ve bay R emo v ing the T op Co ver S cr e w s, P ar t 1, HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
5â54 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. T urn the computer right side up with the front to ward you. 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the T ouchPad cable is attached and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 3 that secure the top cov er to the base enclosure. R emo v ing the T op Co ver S cr e w s, P ar t 2 , HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â5 5 7. Swing the rear edge of the top cov er up and forward 1 until it rests at an angle. 8. Lift the top cov er up and remove it 2 . R emo v i ng the T op C ov er , HP P av ilion d v 4 200 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the top cover .
5â5 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 6 B a s e E n c l o s u r e â The base enclosure remov al procedures in this section apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. The spare part information listed in the follo w ing table applies to HP Pa vilion dv4200, Compaq Presario V4200, and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) 2. T urn the computer right-side up with the front to ward you. Base Enc losure Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 384629-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 385739-001 Rubber f eet (not illustrated) F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 404369-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 404576-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 7 3. Remov e the following scre ws: 1 One Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre w 2 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 scre ws R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r e w s, P ar t 1, Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Models
5â5 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. 5. Remov e the following scre ws: 1 Nine Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws 2 Four Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 6. Disconnect the speaker cable 3 . R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e Sc r e w s, P ar t 2 , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 9 7. Lift the left and right rear corners 1 of the base enclosure until the rear edge of the base enclosure disengages from the computer . 8. Swing the rear edge of the base enclosure up and forward 2 until it disengages from the computer . 9. Remov e the base enclosure. R emo v i ng the Base Enc losur e , Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the base enclosure.
5â60 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 7 M o d e m B o a r d â The modem board cannot be remov ed from Compaq Presario V4200and HP Compaq nx7220 models until after the system board has been remov ed. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) f. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) Modem Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information Modem board (high-speed 56kbps) 384623-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â61 2. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the modem board to the system board. 3. Lift the right side of the modem board 2 to disconnect the modem board from the system board. 4. Disconnect the modem cable 3 from the modem board. 5. Remov e the modem board. R emo v ing the Modem Board Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the modem board.
5â6 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 8 Sys t e m B o a r d â When replacing the system board, ensure that the follo w ing components are remov ed from the defectiv e system board and installed on the replacement system board: â Memory module ( Section 5.7 ) â Mini PCI communications module ( Section 5.8 ) â R T C battery ( Section 5.9) â Processor ( Section 5.11 ) â Modem board ( Section 5.17 ) â PC Card assembly ( Section 5.19 ) â Fan assembly ( Section 5.20 ) 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the following components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Optical dri ve ( Section 5.6 ) c. Heat sink ( Section 5.10 ) System Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 and Compaq Presar io V4200 models 915GML 403894-001 915PM/M25P128 403895-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 915GML 403213-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 3 d. Switch cov er ( Section 5.12 ) e. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) f. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) g. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) h. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front tow ard you. 3. Disconnect the speaker cable from the system board. Disconnecting the S peaker C able
5â64 Maintenance and Servi c e Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 4 through 18 apply to HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. See steps 19 through 25 in this section to remov e the system board on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 4. T urn the computer top side up with the front to ward you. 5. Remov e the following scre ws: 1 Three Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre ws that secure the system board and shield to the computer 2 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws that secure the system board and shield to the computer 3 T wo Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 scre ws that secure the system board, shield, and USB board to the computer 4 One Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 scre w that secures the USB board to the computer R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Scr e ws , HP P a v ilion d v4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5 â6 5 6. Slide the system board shield forward 1 and to the right 2 until the tabs 3 on the shield disengage from the base enclosure. R eleasing the S y stem Boar d Shield , P art 1, HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
5â6 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Lift up on the left side of the USB board frame 1 . 8. Press do wn on the right side of the system board shield 2 until the shield tab 3 disengages from the standof f on the bottom of the USB board frame. R eleasing the S y stem Boar d Shield , P art 2 , HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 7 9. Slide the system board shield to the left 1 until it clears the USB board frame. 10. Remov e the system board shield 2 . R emo v ing the S y stem Boar d Shield , HP P a v ilion d v4 200 Models System Boar d Shield Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv4200 models 403915-001 F o r use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models 384624-001
5â6 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es â Steps 11 through 18 provide instructions for remo ving the USB board and frame on HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. Refer to Section 5.22, âUSB Board, â for instructions on removing the USB board and frame on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 11. Disconnect the audio 1 , USB 2 , and Bluetooth cables 3 from the system board. Disconnecting the A udio , USB , and Bluetooth Module Cable s, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Guide 5â6 9 12. Lift the left side of the USB board and frame 1 until it rests at an angle. 13. Slide the USB board and frame to the left 2 and remo ve it. R emo v ing the USB Boar d and F r ame, HP P av ilion dv4 200 Models
5â7 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 14. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 round head screws 1 and the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 scre w 2 that secure the USB board to the frame. R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d Sc r e w s, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â71 15. Lift the left side of the USB board 1 until it rests at an angle. 16. Slide the USB board to the left 2 and remov e it from the frame. R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d, HP P av ilion d v4 200 Models
5â7 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 17. Use the hard dri ve connector 1 to lift the right side of the system board 2 until it rests at an angle. 18. Slide the system board to the right 3 and remov e it. R emo v ing the S ys tem Boar d, HP P a vili on dv4 200 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 3 â Steps 19 through 25 apply to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. 19. T urn the top cov er right-side up with the front tow ard you. 20. Disconnect the audio 1 , USB 2 , and Bluetooth cables 3 from the system board. Disconn ecting the S y stem Board Cables, C ompaq Presar io V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models
5â7 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 21. Release the ZIF connector to which the T ouchPad cable is attached and disconnect the cable 1 from the system board. 22. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the system board to the top cov er . R emo v i ng the S y stem Boar d Scr e ws, P art 1, Compaq Pr esar io V4 200 and HP Co mpaq nx7 2 20 Models
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 5 23. T urn the top cov er upside down with the front to ward you. 24. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the system board to the top cov er . 25. Use the hard dri ve connector 2 and f an frame 3 to lift the system board straight up and remov e it 4 . R emo v ing the S ys tem Boar d , Compaq Pr esari o V4 200 and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 Models Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the system board.
5â7 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 1 9 PC C a r d A s s e m b l y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cov er ( Section 5.15 ) f. System board ( Section 5.18 ) PC Car d Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information PC Card Assemb ly 403912-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 7 2. T urn the system board upside do wn with the audio jacks, USB ports, and external monitor port to ward you. 3. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the PC Card assembly to the system board. R emo v ing the PC Car d Asse mbly S c r e w s
5â7 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 4. T urn the system board top-side up with the audio jacks, USB ports, and external monitor port to ward you. 5. Disengage the hooks 1 on the PC Card assembly from the slots on the PC Card connector 2 and remov e the PC Card assembly from the system board. R emo v ing the PC Car d Asse mbly Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the PC Card assembly .
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 9 5. 2 0 Fa n A s s e m b l y â The fan assembly is included in the heat sink assembly spare part kit, spare part number 384622-001. Refer to Section 5.10, âHeat Sink, â for information on removing the heat sink.) 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cov er ( Section 5.15 ) f. System board ( Section 5.18 ) 2. T urn the system board upside do wn with the right side to ward you.
5â80 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 3. Disconnect the fan cable 1 from the system board. 4. Remov e the 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws 2 that secure the fan assembly to the system board. 5. Remov e the fan assembly 3 . R emo v ing the Fan As sembl y
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â81 6. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the fan to the f an assembly . 7. Remov e the fan 2 . R emo v i ng the F an Re v erse the abov e procedure to reassemble and install the fan as se mb ly .
5â8 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 2 1 S p e a ke r s 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cov er ( Section 5.15 ) f. System board ( Section 5.18 ) Speakers Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation Speak ers 383466-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â8 3 2. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the left and right speakers to the base enclosure. 3. Remov e the left and right speakers 2 . R emo v i ng the Speak ers Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the speakers.
5â84 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 5. 22 U S B B o a r d â This section applies to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models. Refer to steps 11 through 18 in Section 5.18, âSystem Board, â for instructions for removing the USB board and frame on HP Pa vilion dv4200 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) f. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) g. System board ( Section 5.18 ) 2. Position the top cov er with the left side tow ard you. USB Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information USB board (includes frame) 384625-001
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â8 5 3. Remov e the 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the USB board and frame to the top cov er . 4. Remov e the Phillips PM 2.5Ã7.0 screw 2 that secures the USB board and frame to the top cov er . 5. Lift the rear edge of the USB board and frame 3 until it disengages from the top co ver . 6. Slide the USB board and frame aw ay from you 4 and remo ve it from the top cov er . R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d and F rame , Com paq Pre sar io and HP Compaq nx7 2 20 V4 200 Models
5â8 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 7. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the USB board to the frame. 8. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screws 2 that secure the USB board to the frame. 9. Lift the rear edge of the USB board 3 until it disengages from the frame. 10. Slide the frame aw ay 4 and remo ve it. R emo v i ng the U SB Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the USB board.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â8 7 5 .2 3 Bluetooth Module 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: a. Hard dri ve ( Section 5.4 ) b . Switch co ver ( Section 5.12 ) c. K eyboard ( Section 5.13 ) d. Display assembly ( Section 5.14 ) e. T op cover (HP P avilion dv4200 models, Section 5.15 ) f. Base enclosure (Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, Section 5.16 ) g. System board ( Section 5.18 ) h. USB board ( Section 5.22) Bluetooth Module Spare P ar t Number Information F o r use with HP P avilion dv42 00 and Compaq Presario V4200 models 397923-001 F o r use with HP Compaq nx7220 models 383459-001
5â88 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedur es 2. Remov e the 2 Phillips PM1.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the Bluetooth module to the USB board frame. 3. Remov e the Bluetooth module 2 . R emo v i ng the Bluetooth Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the Bluetooth module.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â1 6 Spec ific ations This chapter provides physical and performance specif ications. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer Dimensions Metric U .S. Height Width Depth 3.35 cm 35.85 cm 25.78 cm 1.32 in 14.13 in 10.16 in W eight Full-f eatured model with 15.4-inch displa y , optical dr iv e and 12-cell batter y pack 2.99 kg 6.48 lbs Input P ower Operating v oltage Operating current 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W 3.5 A T emperature Operating Nonoperating 10°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 50°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F
6â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90% 5% to 95% 10% to 90% 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating (14.7 to 10.1 psia) Nonoperating (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating Nonoperating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random Vibration Operating Nonoperating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min s weep rate 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min s weep rate â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â3 Ta b l e 6 - 2 15.4-inch, WXGA, TFT Displa y Dimensions Height Width Diagonal 20.9 cm 33.1 cm 39.1 cm 8.1 in 13.0 in 15.4 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 Brightness 180 nits typical Pixel resolution Pitch Fo r m a t Configuration 0.259 à 0.259 mm 1366 à 768 RGB v er tical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 T otal power consumption 5.5 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, 5 0° v er tical typical
6â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives 100-GB* 80-GB* 80-GB* Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A security 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec A T A security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave r a g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 195,364,233 156,301,488 156,301,488 Disc rotational speed 4200 r pm 5400 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusio ns apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion b ytes when ref erring to hard dr iv e storage capacity . Actual accessible capacity is less . â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly .
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â5 60-GB* 60-GB* 40-GB* Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A security 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec A T A security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave r a g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 117,210,240 117,210,240 78,140,160 Disc rotational speed 5400 r pm 4200 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusio ns apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion b ytes when ref erring to hard dr iv e storage capacity . Actual accessible capacity is less . â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly . Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives (Continued)
6â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 4 Primary 6-cell, Li-Ion Batter y P ack Dimensions Height Width Depth We i g h t 2.00 cm 9.40 cm 13.40 cm 0.34 kg 0.79 in 3.70 in 5.28 in 0.75 lb Energ y V oltage Amp-hour capacity W att-hour capacity 11.1 V 4.4 Ah 48 Wh T emperature Operating Nonoperating 5°C to 45°C 0°C to 60°C 41°F to 113°F 32°F to 140°F
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â7 Ta b l e 6 - 5 D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-R OM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18), CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio , CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2), CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2), CD-R, CD-R W , Photo CD (single and multisession), and CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A u dio output level Line-out, 0.7 V r ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/ s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/ s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/ s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD r ate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds
6â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 6 DV D ± RW and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disc Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-R OM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18), CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2), CD Digital A udio , CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2), CD-I ready (Mode 2, F o rm 1 and 2), CD-R, CD-R W , Photo CD (single and multisession), CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and DV D - R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disc diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disc thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â9 Access time CD D VD Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A u dio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD r ate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB /s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB /s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 6 DV D ± RW and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 7 System DMA Hard ware DMA System Function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memor y access controller DMA5* A v ailable f or PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller ca n use DMA 1, 2, or 5.
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â11 Ta b l e 6 - 8 System Interrupts Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-K ey or Microsoft Natura l K eyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Cone x ant A CâLink Audio Intel 82801DB/DBM SMBus Controllerâ24C3 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ6 Diskette driv e IRQ7* P arallel por t IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek R TL8139 F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller
6â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 T ouchP ad IRQ13 Numer ic data processor IRQ14 Pri mar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel *Def ault configuration; audio possible configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. â PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IR Q5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the se rial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. Ta b l e 6 - 8 System Interrupts (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â13 Ta b l e 6 - 9 System I/O Addresses I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller no . 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no . 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset configuration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ configuration f or CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer registers 044 - 05F Unused 060 K eyboard controller 061 P or t B 062 - 063 Unused 064 K eyboard controller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enab le/R TC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 P or t A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no . 2
6â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller no . 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondar y fix ed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Pr imar y fix ed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 Jo ystick (decoded in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 220 - 22F Enter tainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unused 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reser v ed serial por t Ta b l e 6 - 9 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â15 I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 2F0 - 2F7 Unused 2F8 - 2FF Infrared por t 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondar y diskette driv e controller 378 - 37F P arallel por t (LPT1/default) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3AF Unused 3B0 - 3BB V GA 3BC - 3BF Reser v ed (parallel por t/no EPP suppor t) 3C0 - 3DF V GA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Inter nal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Ser ial por t (COM1/default) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration inde x register (PCIDIVO-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIV O-1) Ta b l e 6 - 9 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
6â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-10 System Memory Map Size Memory Address System Function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memor y 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memor y 58 MB 01000000-047FFFFF Super e xtended memor y 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memor y (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF System BIOS
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ1 A Co nnec tor P in As sig nmen ts Ta b l e A - 1 A udio-Out (Headphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 3 Ground 2 Audio out, right channel
Aâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assi gnments Ta b l e A - 2 A udio-In (Microphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 3 Ground 2 Audio signal in Ta b l e A - 3 Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 3 Data 2 D ata â 4 Ground
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ3 Ta b l e A - 4 External Monitor Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 R ed analog 9 5 VDC 2 G reen analog 10 Ground 3 Blue analog 11 Monitor detect 4 N ot connected 12 DDC 2B data 5 G round 13 Hor izontal sync 6 G round analog 14 V er tical sync 7 G round analog 15 DDC 2B clock 8 G round analog
Aâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assi gnments Ta b l e A - 5 RJ-45 (Netw ork) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 T ransmit 5 Unused 2 T ransmit â 6 Receive â 3 R eceiv e 7 Unused 4 U nused 8 Unused
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ5 Ta b l e A - 6 RJ-11 (Modem) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 U nused 4 Unused 2T i p 5U n u s e d 3 R ing 6 Unused
Aâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assi gnments Ta b l e A - 7 S-Video-Out Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 S-VHS color (C) signal 5 TV -CD 2 C omposite video signal 6 S-VHS intensity ground 3 S-VHS intensity (Y) signal 7 Composite video ground 4 S-VHS color ground
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ1 B P o w er Cord Set Req uirements 3-Con duc tor P o w er Cord Set The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line v oltage from 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 volts A C. The po wer cord set included with the computer meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment is purchased. Po wer cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where the computer is used.
Bâ2 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P o wer Cor d Set Requirements Gen eral R equiremen ts The requirements listed belo w are applicable to all countries. â The length of the po wer cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and a maximum of 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All po wer cord sets must be approved b y an acceptable accredited agency responsible for e v aluation in the country where the po wer cord set will be used. â The po wer cord sets must have a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal v oltage rating of 125 or 250 V A C, as required by each countryâ s power system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical conf iguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the ap pliance inlet on the back of the computer .
P o wer C or d Set Requir ements Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ3 Coun tr y-Spec ific Requirements 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements Country/Region Accredited Agenc y Applicab le Note Number A ustralia EANSW 1 Au s t r i a OVE 1 Belgium C EBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMK O 1 Finland FIMK O 1 F rance UTE 1 Ger many VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Jap a n ME T I 3 â NOTES: 1. The fle x ib le cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equivalent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug m ust bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration.
Bâ4 Maintenance and Se rvice Gui de P o wer Cor d Set Requirements Ko r e a E K 4 The Netherlands KE A 1 Norwa y NEMK O 1 P eopleâ s Republic of China CCC 5 Sweden SEMK O 1 Switzerland SEV 1 T aiwan BSMI 4 United Kingdom BSI 1 United States UL 2 â NOTES: 1. The fle x ib le cord must be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype SPT -3 or equivalent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug m ust be a two-pole g rounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug m ust bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype R VV , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor siz e. P ow er cord set fittings (appliance co upler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency resp onsible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 5. The fle x ib le cord must be T ype VC TF , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) m ust bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements (Continued) Country/Region Accredited Agenc y Applicab le Note Number
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ1 C Sc r e w List ing This appendix provides specif ication and reference information for the scre ws and screw locks used in the computer . All screws and scre w locks listed in this appendix are a v ailable in the follo wing Screw Kits: â Computer Scre w Kit, spare part number 382692-001 â Display Scre w Kit for use with HP Pa vilion dv4200 models, spare part number 403923-001 â Display Scre w Kit for use with Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models, spare part number 403924-001
Câ2 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 6 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 1 T wo scre ws that secure the hard dr iv e cov er to the computer (screws are captured on the cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.4 ) 2 Three screws that secure the memo r y module compar tment cover to the computer (screw is captured on th e co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.7 ) 3 One scre w that secures the ther mal cov e r to the computer (s crew is captured on the cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ3 Phillips P M2 . 5Ã4. 0 Sc r ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 4 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard driv e fram e to the hard dr iv e (documented in Section 5.4 ) mm
Câ4 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 1 One scre w that secures the optical dr iv e to the computer (documented in Section 5.6 ) 2 Three screws that secure the s witch cov er on Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.12 ) 3 T wo scre ws that secure the display as semb ly to the computer (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ5 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y assemb ly to the computer (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
Câ6 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the displa y bezel to the displa y assembly (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ7 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 6 scre ws that secure the displa y hinges to the displa y enclosure (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
Câ8 Maint enance and Servi c e Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 11 screws that top co ver to th e HP P avilion dv4200 (documented in Section 5.15 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ9 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the top co ver to t he HP P avilion dv4200 (documented in Section 5.15 ) mm
Câ10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 5Ã7 . 0 Sc r ew L ocation Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: One that secures the base enclosur e to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ11 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 9 screws that secure the base enclos ure to Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
Câ12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system bo ard on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ13 Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the top cov er on Compaq Presar io V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã7 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 56 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the f an assembly to the system board (documented in Section 5.20 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ15 Phillips P M2 .5Ã5 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 8 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y rele ase hooks to the displa y enclosure (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
Câ16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .5Ã5 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 8 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 6 screws that secure the displa y panel to the displa y enclosure (documented in Section 5.14 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ17 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã12 . 0 Spr ing-Loaded Sc re w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã12.0 Spring-Loaded Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 12.0 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the heat sink to the computer (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
Câ18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã2 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 6 Blac k Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 4 2.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ19 Phillips P M2 . 0Ã2 . 0 Scr e w Locati ons Ta b l e C - 7 Silver Phillips PM2.0Ã2.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 2.0 mm 2.0 mm 7.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the top co ver HP P a vilion dv4200 mode ls (documented in Section 5.15 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ21 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the base enclos ure on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
Câ2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the modem board to the system board (documented in Section 5.17 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 3 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the base enclosure on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the USB board and fr ame to the base enclosure on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) and to the top co ver on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Com paq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 5 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the system boar d to the top cov er (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the PC Card asse mbly to the system board (documented in Section 5.19 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 7 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the f an to the f a n assemb ly (documented in Section 5.20 ) mm
Câ2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the speak er to the base enclosure (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 9 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w Locations Ta b l e C - 8 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 24 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 scre ws that secure the USB board and frame to the computer (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
Câ30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M2 . 0Ã16 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 9 Phillips PM2.0Ã16.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 2 16.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base enclos ure on Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.16 ) and the system board on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ31 Phillips P M2 . 5Ã8. 0 Sc r ew L ocations T able C-10 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 2 8.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the USB board to the fr ame on HP P avilion dv4200 models (documented in Section 5.18 ) and Compaq Presario V4200 and HP Compaq nx7220 models (documented in Section 5.22 ) mm
Câ3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Scr ew Listing Phillips P M1. 5Ã4.0 S cr e w L ocations T able C-11 Phillips PM1.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 2 4.0 mm 1.5 mm 3.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the Buc ktooth boar d to the USB board frame (documented in Section 5.23 ) mm
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ1 D Dis pl a y C ompon ent Recy c lin g à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Ca ution sh ould be e x er cis ed whe n r emo v i ng and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . à CA UTION: The pr ocedur es in this appendi x can re sult in damage to displa y components . The only compo nents intended f or r ecyc ling purpo ses ar e the liquid c r y stal dis play (L CD) panel and the backlight . Car eful handling sh ould be e xe r c ised when r emo v ing these compone nts . â Materials Disposal This HP product contains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly and may require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of en vironmental considerations. For disposal or rec ycling information, contact your local authorities or visit the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) at http://www .eiae.org .
Dâ2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling This appendix provides disassembl y instructions for the display assembly . The display assembly must be disassembled to gain access to the backlight 1 and the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel 2. â Disassembly procedures dif fer from one display assembly to another . The procedures pro vided in this appendix are general disassembly instructions. Specif ic details, such as scre w sizes, quantities, and locations, and co mponent shapes and sizes, can v ary from one computer model to another .
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ3 Perform the follo w ing steps to disassemble the display assembly: 1. Remov e all screw co vers 1 and scre ws 2 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly . R emo v ing the Displa y Bez el Sc r e w Co ver s and Scr ew s
Dâ4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges 1 and the top and bottom inside edges 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display assembly . 3. Remov e the display bezel 3 . R emo v i ng the Displa y Bez el
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ5 4. Disconnect all display panel cables 1 from the display in verter and remo ve the in verter 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y In ve rter
Dâ6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 5. Remov e all screws 1 that secure the display panel assembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remov e the display panel assembly 2 from the display enclosure. R emo v ing the Displa y P anel As sembl y
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ7 7. T urn the display panel assembly upside do wn. 8. Remov e all screws that secure the display panel frame to the display panel. R emo v ing the Displa y P anel F r ame Scr ew s
Dâ8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape 1 that secures the side of the display panel to the display panel frame. 10. Remov e the display panel frame 2 from the display panel. R emo v i ng the Displa y F r ame
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ9 11. Remov e the screws 1 that secure the backlight co ver to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cov er 2 and swing it forward. 13. Remov e the backlight cover . R emo v i ng the Bac klight C ov er
Dâ10 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 14. T urn the display panel right-side up. 15. Remov e the backlight cables 1 from the clip 2 in the display panel. R eleasing the Bac kligh t Cable s
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ11 16. T urn the display panel upside do wn. 17. Remov e the backlight frame from the display panel. R emo v i ng the Bac klight F r ame
Dâ12 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling à W ARNI NG: The bac klight con tains mer c ury . Ca ution sh ould be e x er cis ed whe n r emo v i ng and handling the bac klight t o av oid damaging this component and ca using e xposure to the me r c ury . 18. Slide the backlight out of the backlight frame. R emo v i ng the Bac klight
Displa y Componen t Rec yc ling Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Dâ13 19. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the LCD panel. 20. Remov e the screws 2 that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel 3 from the display rear panel. 22. Release the tape 4 that secures the LCD panel to the display rear panel. R eleasing the L CD P anel
Dâ14 Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide Display C omponent Recy cling 23. Remov e the LCD panel. R emo v ing the L CD P anel 24. Recycle the backlight and LCD panel.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ1 In de x 1394 port 1â13, 1â15 A arrow keys 1â17 audio board cable 3â25 audio troubleshooting 2â23 audio Y cable, spare part number 3â29, 3â30 audio-in jack location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ2 audio-out jack location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ1 B base enclosure removal 5â56 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â34 , 3â35 , 5â56 battery bay 1â24 battery light 1â7 battery pack removal 5â6 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â36 , 3â37 specifications 6â6 battery release latch 1â25 Bluetooth module removal 5â87 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â30 , 3â36 , 5â87 Bluetooth module cable 3â25 bottom components 1â20, 1â24 C cables, service considerations 4â2 caps lock key 1â17 components bottom 1â20, 1â24 front 1â7 keyboard 1â16 left-side 1â12, 1â14 right-side 1â8, 1â10 top 1â18 , 1â22, 1â23 computer feet illustrated 3â23 locations 5â11, 5â12 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â38 , 5â56 Computer Setup Advanced Menu 2â6 File Menu 2â3
Inde xâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x overview 2â1 Security Menu 2â4 Tools Menu 2â5 Computer Setup defaults 2â2 computer specifications 6â1 connector pin assignments audio-in Aâ2 audio-out Aâ1 external monitor Aâ3 RJ-11 Aâ5 RJ-45 Aâ4 S-Video-out Aâ6 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Aâ2 connectors, service considerations 4â2 D design overview 1â26 Digital Media Slot 1â13 Digital Media Slot light 1â13 disassembly sequence chart 5â3 diskette drive OS loading problems 2â21 precautions 4â3 display assembly removal 5â35 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â30 , 3â31 , 5â35 display bezel illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â41, 5â47 display enclosure 3â18, 3â20 display hinge illustrated 3â18 removal 5â43, 5â49 display hinge covers 3â20 Display Hinge Kit components 3â19, 3â21 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 , 3â38 , 5â42 , 5â43 , 5â48 , 5â49 Display Label Kit, spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21, 3â38 display panel illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â44, 5â50 Display Panel Kit components 3â19 spare part number 3â19, 3â21 , 3â38 , 5â44 , 5â50 Display Plastics Kit components 3â19, 3â21 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 , 3â38 , 5â39 , 5â46 display release button 1â7 display release hook illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â42, 5â48 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 3â19, 3â21 display switch 1â19, 1â21 docking device, troubleshooting 2â16 drives, preventing damage 4â3 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â13
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ3 spare part number 3â15, 3â27 , 3â31 , 3â34 , 5â13 specifications 6â7 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â13 spare part number 3â15, 3â27 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â13 specifications 6â8 E electrostatic discharge 4â4, 4â8 expansion port 2 1â12 , 1â14 ExpressCard slot 1â13, 1â15 ExpressCard slot space saver 3â23 external monitor port location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ3 F f1 to f12 keys 1â17 features 1â2 feet illustrated 3â23 locations 5â11, 5â12 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â38 , 5â56 flowcharts, troubleshooting no audio 2â23, 2â24 no network/modem connection 2â28 no OS loading 2â17 no OS loading from diskette drive 2â21 no OS loading from hard drive 2â18, 2â19, 2â20 no OS loading from optical drive 2â22 no power 2â10 , 2â12 , 2â13 no video 2â14, 2â15 nonfunctioning device 2â25 nonfunctioning docking device 2â16 nonfunctioning keyboard 2â26 nonfunctioning pointing device 2â27 fn key 1â17 front components 1â7 G grounding equipment and methods 4â7 H hard drive OS loading problems 2â18 precautions 4â3 removal 5â7 spare part numbers 3â17, 3â27 , 3â31 , 5â7 specifications 6â4 hard drive bay 1â24 hard drive cover illustrated 3â23 removal 5â8 hard drive light 1â7
Inde xâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x headphone jack location 1â9, 1â11 pin assignments Aâ1 headset, spare part number 3â29 , 3â30 heat sink removal 5â21 spare part number 3â9, 3â33 , 5â21 I I/O address specifications 6â13 infrared port 1â7 interrupt specifications 6â11 K keyboard removal 5â30 spare part numbers 3â5, 3â31 , 3â32 , 3â33 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 5â30 troubleshooting 2â26 keyboard components 1â16 keypad keys 1â17 L LED board cable 3â25 left-side components 1â12, 1â14 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â26 media cable, spare part number 3â29 , 3â30 memory map specifications 6â16 memory module removal 5â15 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â37 , 5â15 memory module/Mini PCI compartment cover illustrated 3â23 location 1â25 removal 5â16 Memory Reader 1â15 Memory Reader light 1â15 microphone jack location 1â9, 1â11 pin assignments Aâ2 Mini PCI communications module removal 5â18 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â30 , 3â35 , 3â38 Miscellaneous Cable Kit components 3â24 spare part number 3â24, 3â30 Miscellaneous Doors/Covers Kit components 3â22 spare part number 3â7 , 3â22 , 3â30 , 3â34 modem board removal 5â60 spare part number 3â7 , 3â33 , 5â60 modem cable 3â25
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ5 modem jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ5 modem, troubleshooting 2â28 N network jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ4 network, troubleshooting 2â28 nonfunctioning device, troubleshooting 2â16, 2â25 num lock key 1â17 O optical drive location 1â9, 1â11, 1â25 OS loading problems 2â22 precautions 4â3 removal 5â13 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â27 , 3â31 , 3â34 , 5â13 specifications 6â7 P packing precautions 4â5 PC Card components assembly removal 5â76 spare part number 3â9, 3â37 , 5â76 eject button 1â13, 1â15 slot 1â13, 1â15 slot space saver 3â23 plastic parts 4â2 pointing device, troubleshooting 2â27 power button 1â18, 1â21 power connector 1â12, 1â14 power cord set requirements Bâ2 spare part numbers 3â28, 3â33 power light 1â7, 1â18 power management features 1â6 power supply, spare part number 3â28, 3â31, 3â37 power, troubleshooting 2â10 precautions DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 4â3 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 4â3 hard drive 4â3 optical drive 4â3 processor removal 5â25 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â30 , 3â35 , 3â38 , 5â25 Q Quick Launch buttons 1â19 R removal/replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 right-side components 1â8, 1â10 RJ-11 jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ5
Inde xâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x RJ-45 jack location 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ4 RTC battery removal 5â20 spare part number 3â17, 3â33 , 5â20 S Screw Kit contents Câ1 spare part numbers 3â29, 3â34 , 3â35 , Câ1 screw listing Câ1, Dâ1 security cable slot 1â9, 1â11 serial number 3â1, 5â2 service considerations 4â2 speakers location 1â7 removal 5â82 spare part number 3â9, 3â30 , 5â82 specifications battery pack 6â6 computer 6â1 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 6â7 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 6â8 hard drive 6â4 I/O addresses 6â13 interrupts 6â11 memory map 6â16 optical drive 6â7 system DMA 6â10 static shielding materials 4â8 S-Video-out jack location 1â9, 1â11, 1â13, 1â15 pin assignments Aâ6 switch cover removal 5â27 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â5 , 3â33 , 3â36 , 3â37 , 5â27 system board removal 5â62 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â37 , 5â62 system board shield removal 5â67 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â37 , 3â38 , 5â67 system DMA 6â10 system memory map 6â16 T thermal cover illustrated 3â23 location 1â25 removal 5â22 tools required 4â1 top components 1â18, 1â22, 1â23 top cover removal 5â52 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â36 , 3â37 , 3â38 , 5â52 TouchPad board, spare part number 3â7, 3â35 , 5â52 TouchPad cable, spare part number 3â7, 3â30
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ7 transporting precautions 4â5 troubleshooting audio 2â23 Computer Setup 2â2 docking device 2â16 flowcharts 2â7 keyboard 2â26 modem 2â28 network 2â28 nonfunctioning device 2â16 , 2â25 OS loading 2â17 overview 2â1 pointing device 2â27 power 2â10 video 2â14 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port location 1â9, 1â11, 1â12, 1â14 pin assignments Aâ2 USB board removal 5â84 spare part number 3â9, 3â33 , 5â84 USB board cable 3â25 USB digital drive, spare part number 3â27, 3â29, 3â30 USB travel mouse, spare part number 3â29, 3â30 V vent, locations 1â24 video troubleshooting 2â14 volume buttons 1â19, 1â21 volume light 1â21 W Windows applications key 1â17 Windows logo key 1â17 wireless antenna illustrated 3â18, 3â20 removal 5â45, 5â51 spare part number 3â19, 3â21 , 3â36 , 5â45 , 5â51 wireless button 1â19, 1â21 wireless light 1â19 workstation precautions 4â6